1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (20545 57511 257469 0))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5
"5x5" "\
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
31 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
32 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
33 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
35 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil
)
37 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly
"5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
42 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current
"5x5" "\
43 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
47 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best
"5x5" "\
48 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
52 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate
"5x5" "\
53 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
58 (autoload '5x5-crack
"5x5" "\
59 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
61 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
62 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
63 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
64 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
70 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
71 ;;;;;; (20576 42138 697312 0))
72 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
74 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions
"ada-mode" "\
75 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
76 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
78 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
81 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil
)
83 (autoload 'ada-mode
"ada-mode" "\
84 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
90 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
91 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
94 (autoload 'ada-header
"ada-stmt" "\
95 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
101 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
102 ;;;;;; (20458 56750 651721 0))
103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
105 (autoload 'ada-find-file
"ada-xref" "\
106 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
107 Completion is available.
109 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
113 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
114 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
115 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
116 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
117 ;;;;;; (20586 48936 135199 0))
118 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
120 (put 'change-log-default-name
'safe-local-variable
'string-or-null-p
)
122 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil
"\
123 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
124 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
125 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
127 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function
"add-log" t
)
129 (defvar add-log-full-name nil
"\
130 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
133 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name
"add-log" t
)
135 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil
"\
136 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
137 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
138 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
139 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
140 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
142 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address
"add-log" t
)
144 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name
"add-log" "\
145 Prompt for a change log name.
149 (autoload 'find-change-log
"add-log" "\
150 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
152 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
153 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
154 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
155 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
157 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
158 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
159 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
161 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
162 current buffer to the complete file name.
163 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
165 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil
)
167 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry
"add-log" "\
168 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
169 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
170 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
172 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
173 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
175 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
177 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
178 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
179 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
181 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
182 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
183 after a comma on an existing line.
185 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
186 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
189 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
190 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
193 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
194 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
196 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil
)
198 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window
"add-log" "\
199 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
200 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
201 the change log file in another window.
203 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil
)
205 (autoload 'change-log-mode
"add-log" "\
206 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
207 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
208 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
209 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
210 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
212 \\{change-log-mode-map}
216 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes
'(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode
) "\
217 Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
219 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes
'(c-mode c
++-mode c
++-c-mode objc-mode
) "\
220 Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
222 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes
'(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode
) "\
223 Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
225 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun
"add-log" "\
226 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
228 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
229 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
231 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
232 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
233 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
234 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
235 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
237 Has a preference of looking backwards.
241 (autoload 'change-log-merge
"add-log" "\
242 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
243 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
244 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
247 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
248 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
250 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil
)
254 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
255 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
256 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (20618 55210 422086 0))
257 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
259 (defvar ad-redefinition-action
'warn
"\
260 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
261 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
262 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
263 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
264 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
265 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
266 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
267 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
268 interpreted as `error'.")
270 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action
"advice" t
)
272 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action
'maybe
"\
273 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
274 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
275 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
276 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
277 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
278 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
279 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
281 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action
"advice" t
)
283 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice
"advice" "\
284 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
286 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
288 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice
"advice" "\
289 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
291 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil
)
293 (autoload 'ad-add-advice
"advice" "\
294 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
296 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
297 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
298 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
299 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
300 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
302 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
303 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
306 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
307 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
308 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
309 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
310 mapped to the closest extremal position).
312 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
313 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
314 the cache-id will clear the cache.
316 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
318 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil
)
320 (autoload 'ad-activate
"advice" "\
321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
337 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil
)
339 (autoload 'defadvice
"advice" "\
340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
343 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
344 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
351 see also `ad-add-advice'.
352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
353 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
354 before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
356 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
359 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
362 Semantics of the various flags:
363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
364 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
371 advised function should be compiled.
373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
374 during activation until somebody enables it.
376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
377 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
381 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
382 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
383 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
384 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
385 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
388 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
389 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
390 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
393 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t
)
395 (put 'defadvice
'doc-string-elt
'3)
399 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
400 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
401 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
402 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
404 (autoload 'align
"align" "\
405 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
406 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
407 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
408 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
409 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
410 rule's `separate' attribute).
412 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
413 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
414 `separate' attribute set.
416 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
417 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
418 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
419 on the format of these lists.
421 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
423 (autoload 'align-regexp
"align" "\
424 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
425 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
426 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
427 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
428 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
429 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
430 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
431 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
432 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
435 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
436 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
440 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
443 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
444 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
445 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
447 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil
)
449 (autoload 'align-entire
"align" "\
450 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
451 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
452 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
453 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
456 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
458 (autoload 'align-current
"align" "\
459 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
460 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
461 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
462 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
463 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
464 been used to align that section.
466 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
468 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule
"align" "\
469 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
470 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
471 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
472 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
473 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
476 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil
)
478 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule
"align" "\
479 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
483 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent
"align" "\
484 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
490 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode allout-mode-p allout-auto-activation
491 ;;;;;; allout-setup allout-auto-activation-helper) "allout" "allout.el"
492 ;;;;;; (20577 33959 40183 0))
493 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
495 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper
"allout" "\
496 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
498 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
500 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil
)
502 (autoload 'allout-setup
"allout" "\
503 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
505 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
506 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
508 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
509 `allout-auto-activation'.
513 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil
"\
514 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
516 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
517 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
518 file variable `allout-layout'.
520 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
521 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
522 specified layout is applied.
524 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
525 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
527 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
530 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
532 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation
"allout" nil
)
534 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
536 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (x) (memq x
'(nil t text force
))))
538 (put 'allout-show-bodies
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
540 (put 'allout-header-prefix
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
542 (put 'allout-primary-bullet
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
544 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
546 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
548 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (x) (or (memq x
'(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start
)) (stringp x
))))
550 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
552 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
554 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
556 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p
) 'string-or-null-p
(lambda (x) (or (stringp x
) (null x
)))))
558 (put 'allout-presentation-padding
'safe-local-variable
'integerp
)
560 (put 'allout-layout
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (x) (or (numberp x
) (listp x
) (memq x
'(: * + -
)))))
562 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
564 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
566 (autoload 'allout-mode-p
"allout" "\
567 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
571 (autoload 'allout-mode
"allout" "\
572 Toggle Allout outline mode.
573 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
574 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
575 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
577 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
578 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
579 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
580 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
581 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
582 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
583 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
586 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
588 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
589 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
590 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
591 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
592 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
593 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
594 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
595 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
597 and many other features.
599 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
600 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
601 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
602 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
603 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
605 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
606 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
607 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
608 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
609 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
610 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
611 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
612 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
613 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
614 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
618 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
619 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
620 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
621 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
622 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
626 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
627 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
628 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
629 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
630 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
631 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
632 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
633 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
634 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
635 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
638 Topic Header Production:
639 -----------------------
640 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
641 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
642 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
644 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
645 ---------------------------------
646 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
647 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
648 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
650 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
651 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
652 are alternated according to nesting depth.
653 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
654 the offspring are not affected.
655 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
657 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
658 ----------------------------------
659 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
660 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
661 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
662 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
663 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
664 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
665 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
666 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
668 Topic-oriented Encryption:
669 -------------------------
670 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
671 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
675 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
676 and establish a default file-var setting
678 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
679 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
680 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
681 buffer with name derived from derived from that
682 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
683 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
684 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
685 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
687 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
688 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
693 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
694 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
695 pending encryption on save.
697 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
698 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
699 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
700 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
701 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
703 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
704 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
705 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
706 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
707 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
708 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
711 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
712 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
717 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
718 navigation and exposure control.
720 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
721 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
722 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
723 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
724 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
726 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
727 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
728 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
729 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
730 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
732 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
733 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
734 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
735 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
736 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
737 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
738 at the beginning of the current entry.
742 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
743 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
744 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
747 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
748 `allout-mode-off-hook'
749 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
750 `allout-structure-added-functions'
751 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
752 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
753 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
754 `allout-post-undo-hook'
758 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
760 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
761 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
762 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
764 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
765 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
766 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
768 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
771 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
772 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
775 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
777 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
779 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
781 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
783 Topic text constituents:
785 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
787 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
788 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
790 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
791 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
792 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
793 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
794 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
795 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
796 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
799 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
802 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
803 It can be customized by changing the setting of
804 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
806 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
807 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
808 program code without interfering with processing of the text
809 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
810 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
811 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
812 docstring for more detail.
814 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
815 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
816 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
817 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
818 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
819 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
820 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
821 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
822 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
823 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
824 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
827 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
828 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
830 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
831 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
833 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
834 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
835 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
839 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky
'outlineify-sticky
)
841 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky
"allout" "\
842 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
844 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
845 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
851 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-widgets-mode allout-widgets-auto-activation
852 ;;;;;; allout-widgets-setup allout-widgets) "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el"
853 ;;;;;; (20545 57511 257469 0))
854 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
856 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets
'custom-loads
))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads
) nil
(put 'allout-widgets
'custom-loads
(cons '"allout-widgets" loads
))))
858 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup
"allout-widgets" "\
859 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
861 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
863 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil
)
865 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil
"\
866 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
868 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
871 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
872 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
874 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
875 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
876 you want allout widgets operation.
878 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
880 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation
"allout-widgets" nil
)
882 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit
'safe-local-variable
(if (fboundp 'booleanp
) 'booleanp
(lambda (x) (member x
'(t nil
)))))
884 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode
"allout-widgets" "\
885 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
886 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
887 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
888 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
890 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
891 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
892 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
894 The graphics include:
896 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
898 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
899 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
901 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
902 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
904 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
905 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
906 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
912 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
913 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
914 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
916 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir
'ange-ftp-reread-dir
)
918 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir
"ange-ftp" "\
919 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
920 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
921 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
922 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
923 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
925 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil
)
927 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function
"ange-ftp" "\
930 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
934 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
935 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (20545 57511 257469 0))
936 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
938 (autoload 'animate-string
"animate" "\
939 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
940 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
941 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
942 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
943 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
944 in the current window.
946 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil
)
948 (autoload 'animate-sequence
"animate" "\
949 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
950 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
951 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
952 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
953 buffer if one does not exist.
955 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil
)
957 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present
"animate" "\
958 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
959 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
960 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
961 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
963 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil
)
967 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
968 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (20577 33959 40183 0))
969 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
971 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on
"ansi-color" "\
972 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
976 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output
"ansi-color" "\
977 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
979 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
980 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
981 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
982 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
984 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
985 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
987 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
989 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil
)
993 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
994 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (20566 63671 243798
996 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
998 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules
"antlr-mode" "\
999 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
1000 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
1001 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
1002 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
1005 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1006 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
1007 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1010 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1011 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1012 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1013 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1017 (autoload 'antlr-mode
"antlr-mode" "\
1018 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1022 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs
"antlr-mode" "\
1023 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1024 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1030 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
1031 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
1032 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1034 (autoload 'appt-add
"appt" "\
1035 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1036 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1037 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1038 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1039 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1041 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil
)
1043 (autoload 'appt-activate
"appt" "\
1044 Toggle checking of appointments.
1045 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1046 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1052 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
1053 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
1054 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (20523 62082
1056 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1058 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern
"apropos" "\
1059 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1060 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1061 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1063 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1064 kind of objects to search.
1066 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil
)
1068 (autoload 'apropos-variable
"apropos" "\
1069 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1070 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1071 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1072 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1073 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1075 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1078 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1080 (defalias 'command-apropos
'apropos-command
)
1082 (autoload 'apropos-command
"apropos" "\
1083 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1084 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1085 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1086 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1087 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1089 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1090 noninteractive functions.
1092 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1093 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1095 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1096 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1098 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil
)
1100 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property
"apropos" "\
1101 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1103 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil
)
1105 (autoload 'apropos
"apropos" "\
1106 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1107 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1108 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1110 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1111 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1112 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1113 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1115 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1116 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1118 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1120 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1122 (autoload 'apropos-library
"apropos" "\
1123 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1124 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1125 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1126 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1130 (autoload 'apropos-value
"apropos" "\
1131 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1132 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1133 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1134 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1135 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1137 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1138 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1139 names and values of properties.
1141 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1143 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1145 (autoload 'apropos-documentation
"apropos" "\
1146 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1147 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1148 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1149 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1150 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1152 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1153 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1154 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1155 documentation strings.
1157 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1159 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil
)
1163 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (20614
1164 ;;;;;; 54428 654267 0))
1165 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1167 (autoload 'archive-mode
"arc-mode" "\
1168 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1169 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1170 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1171 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1172 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1174 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1175 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1178 \\{archive-mode-map}
1180 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil
)
1184 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (20355 10021 546955
1186 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1188 (autoload 'array-mode
"array" "\
1189 Major mode for editing arrays.
1191 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1192 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1193 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1195 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1197 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1198 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1199 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1201 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1202 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1203 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1204 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1207 Variables you assign:
1208 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1209 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1210 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1211 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1212 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1213 row numbers in the buffer.
1215 Variables which are calculated:
1216 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1217 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1219 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1220 take a numeric prefix argument):
1222 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1223 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1224 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1225 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1227 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1228 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1229 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1230 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1232 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1233 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1234 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1235 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1237 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1238 between that of point and mark.
1240 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1241 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1243 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1244 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1245 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1246 newlines inside rows)
1248 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1250 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1256 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (20513
1257 ;;;;;; 18948 537867 0))
1258 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1260 (autoload 'artist-mode
"artist" "\
1262 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1263 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1264 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1266 How to quit Artist mode
1268 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1271 How to submit a bug report
1273 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1276 Drawing with the mouse:
1279 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1280 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1284 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1287 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1291 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1299 --------------------------------------------------------------
1300 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1308 --------------------------------------------------------------
1309 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1310 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1312 --------------------------------------------------------------
1314 --------------------------------------------------------------
1315 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1316 --------------------------------------------------------------
1318 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1321 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1322 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1323 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1324 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1327 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1328 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1329 overwrite means the opposite.
1331 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1332 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1333 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1335 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1337 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1338 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1340 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1341 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1342 are currently drawing something.
1344 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1348 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1349 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1354 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1356 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1358 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1360 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1362 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1363 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1365 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1370 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1371 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1372 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1373 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1374 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1375 When pasting: Pastes
1377 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1379 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1381 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1382 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1383 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1384 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1385 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1386 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1391 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1392 of the line/poly-line
1394 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1395 of the line/poly-line
1400 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1402 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1403 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1404 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1405 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1406 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1407 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1408 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1409 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1410 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1411 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1412 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1413 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1414 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1415 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1416 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1417 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1418 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1419 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1420 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1421 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1426 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1427 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1429 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1430 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1431 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1432 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1433 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1434 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1435 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1436 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1437 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1438 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1439 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1440 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1441 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1442 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1443 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1444 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1445 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1446 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1447 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1451 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1462 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (20355
1463 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
1464 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1466 (autoload 'asm-mode
"asm-mode" "\
1467 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1468 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1470 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1471 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1472 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1473 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1475 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1476 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1478 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1479 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1481 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1490 ;;;### (autoloads (auth-source-cache-expiry) "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el"
1491 ;;;;;; (20544 36659 880486 0))
1492 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1494 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry
7200 "\
1495 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1496 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1499 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry
"auth-source" t
)
1503 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1504 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
1505 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1507 (defvar autoarg-mode nil
"\
1508 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1509 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1511 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1513 (autoload 'autoarg-mode
"autoarg" "\
1514 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1515 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1516 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1517 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1519 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1520 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1521 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1522 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1523 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1524 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1525 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1526 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1529 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1530 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1531 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1532 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1533 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1535 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1539 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil
"\
1540 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1541 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1542 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1543 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1544 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1546 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" nil
)
1548 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode
"autoarg" "\
1549 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1550 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1551 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1552 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1554 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1555 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1556 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1558 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1560 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1564 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1565 ;;;;;; (20513 18948 537867 0))
1566 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1568 (autoload 'autoconf-mode
"autoconf" "\
1569 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1575 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1576 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
1577 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1579 (autoload 'auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1580 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1581 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1585 (autoload 'define-auto-insert
"autoinsert" "\
1586 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1587 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1588 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1590 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil
)
1592 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil
"\
1593 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1594 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1595 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1596 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1597 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1599 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" nil
)
1601 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode
"autoinsert" "\
1602 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1603 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1604 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1605 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1607 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1608 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1614 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1615 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1616 ;;;;;; (20594 43050 277913 0))
1617 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1619 (put 'generated-autoload-file
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
1621 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
1623 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1624 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1625 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1627 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1628 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1629 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1630 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1631 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1633 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1635 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil
)
1637 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1638 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1639 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1640 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1641 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1643 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1644 directory or directories specified.
1646 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1647 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1648 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1649 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1650 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1651 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1653 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil
)
1655 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads
"autoload" "\
1656 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1657 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1658 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1665 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1666 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1667 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (20476 31768 298871 0))
1668 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1670 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1671 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1672 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1673 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1674 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1676 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1677 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1680 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1681 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1682 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1684 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1686 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1687 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1689 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1690 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1694 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1695 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1696 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1697 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1698 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1700 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1701 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1702 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1703 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1704 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1706 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1707 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1708 writing before you save the file!
1710 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1712 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1714 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
"autorevert" "\
1715 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1717 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1718 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1722 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil
"\
1723 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1724 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1725 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1726 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1727 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1729 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" nil
)
1731 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode
"autorevert" "\
1732 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1733 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1734 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1735 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1737 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1738 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1739 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1741 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1742 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1743 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1744 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1745 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1747 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1748 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1749 specifies in the mode line.
1751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1755 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1756 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (20593 22184 581574 0))
1757 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1759 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil
"\
1760 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1761 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1762 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1763 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1765 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" nil
)
1767 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode
"avoid" "\
1768 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1769 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1770 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1772 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1773 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1774 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1776 Effects of the different modes:
1777 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1778 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1779 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1780 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1781 a random distance & direction.
1782 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1783 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1784 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1786 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1788 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1789 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1790 definition of \"random distance\".)
1792 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
1796 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1797 ;;;;;; (20594 43050 277913 0))
1798 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1799 (put 'battery-mode-line-string
'risky-local-variable t
)
1801 (autoload 'battery
"battery" "\
1802 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1803 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1804 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1808 (defvar display-battery-mode nil
"\
1809 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1810 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1811 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1812 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1813 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1815 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" nil
)
1817 (autoload 'display-battery-mode
"battery" "\
1818 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1819 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1820 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1821 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1823 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1824 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1825 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
1832 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1833 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (20557 48712 315579
1835 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1837 (autoload 'benchmark-run
"benchmark" "\
1838 Time execution of FORMS.
1839 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1840 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1842 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1843 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1844 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1846 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t
)
1848 (put 'benchmark-run
'lisp-indent-function
'1)
1850 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled
"benchmark" "\
1851 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1852 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1853 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1854 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1856 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t
)
1858 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled
'lisp-indent-function
'1)
1860 (autoload 'benchmark
"benchmark" "\
1861 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1862 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1863 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1864 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1866 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil
)
1870 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1871 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (20576 13095 881042 0))
1872 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1874 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize
"bibtex" "\
1875 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1876 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1877 of corresponding buffers.
1878 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1879 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1880 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1881 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1882 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1883 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1885 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil
)
1887 (autoload 'bibtex-mode
"bibtex" "\
1888 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1890 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1892 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1893 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1894 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1895 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1897 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1898 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1899 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1900 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1901 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1903 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1904 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1907 Special information:
1909 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1911 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1912 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1913 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1914 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1915 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1916 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1917 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1918 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1919 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1920 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1921 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1923 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1924 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1925 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1926 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1927 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1928 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1929 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1930 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1932 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1934 ----------------------------------------------------------
1935 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1936 if that value is non-nil.
1942 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry
"bibtex" "\
1943 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1944 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1945 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1946 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1947 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1948 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1949 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1950 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1951 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1952 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1953 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1955 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil
)
1959 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1960 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
1961 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1963 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode
"bibtex-style" "\
1964 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1970 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1971 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1972 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
1973 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1975 (defconst binhex-begin-line
"^:...............................................................$" "\
1976 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1978 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal
"binhex" "\
1979 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1980 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1982 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil
)
1984 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external
"binhex" "\
1985 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1987 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1989 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region
"binhex" "\
1990 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1992 \(fn START END)" t nil
)
1996 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (20551
1997 ;;;;;; 9899 283417 0))
1998 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2000 (autoload 'blackbox
"blackbox" "\
2002 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2006 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2007 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2008 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2009 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2010 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2015 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2016 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2019 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2022 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2023 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2025 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2026 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2028 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2029 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2030 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2031 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2032 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2033 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2037 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2039 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2040 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2041 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2042 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2044 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2045 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2046 denoted by the letter `R'.
2048 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2049 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2050 denoted by the letter `H'.
2052 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2055 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2056 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2057 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2058 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2059 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2060 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2063 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2064 degree deflection it causes.
2067 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2068 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2069 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2070 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2071 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2072 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2073 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2074 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2077 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2078 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2082 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2083 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2084 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2085 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2086 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2087 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2088 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2090 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2091 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2092 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2093 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2094 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2095 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2096 emerging from the box.
2098 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2100 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2101 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2102 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2103 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2104 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2105 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2106 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2107 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2109 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2116 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
2117 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
2118 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
2119 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
2120 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (20618 55210 422086 0))
2121 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2122 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"b" 'bookmark-jump
)
2123 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"m" 'bookmark-set
)
2124 (define-key ctl-x-r-map
"l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2126 (defvar bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map
"x" 'bookmark-set
) (define-key map
"m" 'bookmark-set
) (define-key map
"j" 'bookmark-jump
) (define-key map
"g" 'bookmark-jump
) (define-key map
"o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window
) (define-key map
"i" 'bookmark-insert
) (define-key map
"e" 'edit-bookmarks
) (define-key map
"f" 'bookmark-insert-location
) (define-key map
"r" 'bookmark-rename
) (define-key map
"d" 'bookmark-delete
) (define-key map
"l" 'bookmark-load
) (define-key map
"w" 'bookmark-write
) (define-key map
"s" 'bookmark-save
) map
) "\
2127 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2128 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2129 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2130 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2131 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2132 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map
)
2134 (autoload 'bookmark-set
"bookmark" "\
2135 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2136 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2138 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2139 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2140 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2141 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2142 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2145 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2146 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2147 yank successive words.
2149 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2150 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2151 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2152 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2153 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2155 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2156 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2157 the list of bookmarks.)
2159 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil
)
2161 (autoload 'bookmark-jump
"bookmark" "\
2162 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2163 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2164 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2165 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2168 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2169 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2170 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2171 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2173 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2174 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2176 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2177 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2178 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2180 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil
)
2182 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window
"bookmark" "\
2183 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2185 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil
)
2187 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate
"bookmark" "\
2188 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2190 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2191 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2192 after a bookmark was set in it.
2194 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil
)
2196 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location
"bookmark" "\
2197 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2199 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2200 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2202 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil
)
2204 (defalias 'bookmark-locate
'bookmark-insert-location
)
2206 (autoload 'bookmark-rename
"bookmark" "\
2207 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2208 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2209 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2211 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2212 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2213 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2215 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2216 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2219 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil
)
2221 (autoload 'bookmark-insert
"bookmark" "\
2222 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2223 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2225 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2226 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2227 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2230 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil
)
2232 (autoload 'bookmark-delete
"bookmark" "\
2233 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2235 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2236 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2237 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2238 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2239 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2240 probably because we were called from there.
2242 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil
)
2244 (autoload 'bookmark-write
"bookmark" "\
2245 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2246 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2250 (autoload 'bookmark-save
"bookmark" "\
2251 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2252 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2253 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2256 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2257 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2258 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2259 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2260 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2262 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2263 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2264 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2265 `bookmark-default-file'.
2267 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil
)
2269 (autoload 'bookmark-load
"bookmark" "\
2270 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2271 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2272 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2273 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2276 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2277 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2278 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2279 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2280 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2283 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2284 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2285 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2286 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2288 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil
)
2290 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list
"bookmark" "\
2291 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2292 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2293 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2294 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2298 (defalias 'list-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2300 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks
'bookmark-bmenu-list
)
2302 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search
"bookmark" "\
2303 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2307 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map
(let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map
[load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2309 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2313 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2314 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2315 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2316 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-chromium
2317 ;;;;;; browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2318 ;;;;;; browse-url-xdg-open browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2319 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2320 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
2321 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
2322 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2324 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2325 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2326 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2327 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2329 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2330 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2331 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2332 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2333 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2335 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2337 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2338 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2339 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2340 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2341 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2342 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2344 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2346 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2347 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2348 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2349 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2352 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2354 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2355 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2359 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2360 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2362 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2364 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2365 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2366 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2367 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2368 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2369 first, if that exists.
2371 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2373 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2375 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2376 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2380 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2381 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2382 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2383 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2384 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2389 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2390 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2391 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2392 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2394 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2396 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2397 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2398 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2399 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2401 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2402 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2403 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2404 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2406 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2407 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2408 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2410 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2411 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2413 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2415 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2416 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2417 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2418 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2420 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2421 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2422 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2423 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2425 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2426 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2427 new tab in an existing window instead.
2429 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2430 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2432 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2434 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2435 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2436 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2437 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2440 When called interactively, if variable
2441 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2442 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2443 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2444 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2446 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2447 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2448 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2450 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2451 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2453 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2454 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2455 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2456 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2457 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2458 URL in a new window.
2460 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2462 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2463 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2464 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2465 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2468 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2470 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2471 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2472 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2473 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2475 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2476 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2477 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2478 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2480 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2481 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2482 new tab in an existing window instead.
2484 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2485 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2487 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2489 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2490 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2492 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2494 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2495 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2496 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2497 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2499 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2500 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2501 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2502 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2504 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2505 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2507 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2509 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2510 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2512 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2513 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2514 program is invoked according to the variable
2515 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2517 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2518 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2519 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2520 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2522 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2523 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2525 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2527 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2528 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2529 Default to the URL around or before point.
2531 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2532 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2533 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2535 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2536 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2537 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2538 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2540 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2541 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2543 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2545 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2546 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2547 Default to the URL around or before point.
2549 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2550 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2551 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2553 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2554 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2556 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2558 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2559 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2560 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2561 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2563 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2565 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2566 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2567 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2568 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2569 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2570 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2572 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2574 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2575 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2576 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2577 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2578 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2580 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2581 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2582 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2583 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2585 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2586 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2588 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2590 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2591 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2592 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2593 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2594 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2597 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2598 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2599 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2600 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2602 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2603 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2605 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2607 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2608 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2609 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2610 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2611 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2612 don't offer a form of remote control.
2614 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2616 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2617 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2618 Default to the URL around or before point.
2620 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2622 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2623 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2624 Default to the URL around the point.
2626 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2627 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2629 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2630 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2632 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2636 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2637 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (20576 13095 881042 0))
2638 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2640 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2641 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2642 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2643 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2647 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2648 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2649 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2650 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2654 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2655 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2659 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2660 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2662 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2663 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2664 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2665 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2667 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2668 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2669 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2670 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2671 name of buffer configuration.
2677 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (20566 63671
2679 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2681 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2683 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2684 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2685 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2686 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2687 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2688 columns on its right towards the left.
2690 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2691 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2692 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2693 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2699 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2700 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (20593 22184 581574 0))
2701 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2703 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2705 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2706 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2707 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2708 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2709 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2713 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2714 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2720 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2721 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2722 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2723 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2724 ;;;;;; "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (20599 27513 576550 0))
2725 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2726 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2727 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2728 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2730 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2732 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2733 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2734 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2735 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2736 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2737 else the global value will be modified.
2739 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2741 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2742 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2743 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2744 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2745 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2746 else the global value will be modified.
2748 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2750 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2751 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2752 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2754 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2756 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2757 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2758 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2759 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2761 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2762 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2763 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2764 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2765 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2768 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2769 that already has a `.elc' file.
2771 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2772 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2774 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2775 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2776 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2777 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2778 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2779 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2781 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2783 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2784 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2785 Print the result in the echo area.
2786 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2790 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2791 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2792 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2794 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2796 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2797 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2798 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2799 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2800 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2801 all functions called by those functions.
2803 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2804 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2807 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2808 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2809 invoked interactively.
2811 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2813 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2814 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2815 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2816 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2820 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2821 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2822 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2823 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2824 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2825 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2826 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2829 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2831 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2832 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2833 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2834 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2836 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2837 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2838 and corresponding effects.
2840 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (20355
2845 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
2846 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2848 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2850 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (20461 32935
2856 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2858 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2860 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2862 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2866 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2867 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
2868 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2870 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2871 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2872 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2873 from the cursor position.
2875 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2877 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2881 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2882 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2883 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (20593
2884 ;;;;;; 22184 581574 0))
2885 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2886 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2888 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2889 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2891 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2893 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2894 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2896 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2898 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2899 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2901 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2903 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2904 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2908 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2909 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2910 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2911 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2913 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2915 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2916 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2917 This is most useful in the X window system.
2918 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2919 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2921 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2923 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2924 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2925 See calc-keypad for details.
2927 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2929 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2930 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2932 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2934 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2935 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2937 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2939 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2940 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2942 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2944 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2945 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2946 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2948 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2950 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2951 Define Calc function.
2953 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2954 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2955 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2957 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2958 actual Lisp function name.
2960 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2962 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2964 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2968 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-undo) "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (20355
2969 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
2970 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2972 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2979 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (20476
2980 ;;;;;; 31768 298871 0))
2981 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2983 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2984 Run the Emacs calculator.
2985 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2991 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (20594
2992 ;;;;;; 43050 277913 0))
2993 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2995 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2996 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2997 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2998 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2999 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3000 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3002 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3003 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3004 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3005 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3006 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3007 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3008 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3009 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3012 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3013 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3015 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3016 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3017 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3018 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3019 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3020 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3022 Runs the following hooks:
3024 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3025 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3026 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3027 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3029 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3031 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3035 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3036 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
3037 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3039 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3040 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3042 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3044 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3045 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3046 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3049 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3053 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3054 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
3055 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3057 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3058 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3059 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3060 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3061 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3063 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3064 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3065 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3066 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3067 restriction to ASCII.
3069 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3074 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3075 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3076 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3078 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3079 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3080 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3081 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3082 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3083 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3084 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3086 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3087 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (20355
3094 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
3095 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3096 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3100 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3101 ;;;;;; (20557 48712 315579 0))
3102 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3104 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3105 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3111 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-install c-guess-region-no-install c-guess-region
3112 ;;;;;; c-guess-buffer-no-install c-guess-buffer c-guess-no-install
3113 ;;;;;; c-guess) "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (20355 10021
3115 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3117 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3118 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3120 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3121 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3123 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3124 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3126 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3128 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3129 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3132 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3134 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3135 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3137 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3138 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3141 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3143 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3144 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3146 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3148 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3149 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3152 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3154 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3155 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3157 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3158 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3161 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3163 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3164 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3166 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3168 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3169 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3172 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3174 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3175 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3177 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3178 variables are guessed:
3180 * `c-basic-offset', and
3181 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3184 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3185 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3187 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3188 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3190 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3191 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3192 guess is made from scratch.
3194 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3195 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3197 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3199 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3200 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3201 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3202 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3204 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3205 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3206 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3208 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3212 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode
3213 ;;;;;; c++-mode c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3214 ;;;;;; (20614 54428 654267 0))
3215 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3217 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3218 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3219 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3220 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3221 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3222 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3223 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3225 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3227 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3228 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3229 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3230 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3231 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3232 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3233 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3234 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3235 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3236 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3238 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3239 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3240 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3241 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3242 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3243 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3245 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3247 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3248 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3255 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3256 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3258 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3259 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3260 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3261 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3262 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3263 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3266 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3268 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3269 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3276 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3277 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3278 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3280 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3281 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3282 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3283 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3284 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3285 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3288 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3290 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3291 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3298 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3299 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3300 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3302 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3303 Major mode for editing Java code.
3304 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3305 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3306 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3307 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3310 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3312 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3313 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3320 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3321 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3322 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3324 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3325 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3326 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3327 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3328 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3329 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3332 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3334 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3335 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3342 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3343 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3344 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3345 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3347 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3348 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3349 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3350 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3351 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3352 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3355 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3357 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3358 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3364 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3365 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3366 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3367 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3368 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3369 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3371 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3372 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3373 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3374 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3375 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3376 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3378 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3380 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3381 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3390 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3391 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
3392 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3394 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3395 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3396 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3397 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3399 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3401 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3402 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3405 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3406 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3407 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3408 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3411 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3412 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3413 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3414 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3417 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3419 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3420 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3421 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3422 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3424 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3426 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3427 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3428 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3430 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3432 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3433 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3434 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3435 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3436 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3438 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (20595 63909
3444 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3445 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3446 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3447 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3451 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3452 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3453 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
3454 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3456 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3457 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3459 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3461 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3462 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3464 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3466 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3467 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3469 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3470 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3471 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3472 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3475 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3477 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3479 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3480 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3482 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3483 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3487 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3488 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3489 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3490 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3491 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3494 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3495 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3496 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3497 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3499 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3500 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3503 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3505 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3507 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3510 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3511 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3513 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3514 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3515 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3518 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3520 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3521 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3522 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3524 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3526 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3528 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3529 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3531 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3535 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3537 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3539 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3540 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3543 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3544 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3547 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3549 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3550 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3551 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3552 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3553 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3554 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3555 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3556 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3557 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3558 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3559 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3560 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3561 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3562 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3563 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3564 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3567 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3568 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3570 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3571 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3573 | (write EXPRESSION)
3574 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3575 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3578 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3581 ;; Same as: (write string)
3583 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3584 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3585 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3588 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3589 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3590 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3591 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3592 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3593 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3595 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3596 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3598 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3601 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3602 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3603 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3605 ARG := REG | integer
3608 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3611 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3614 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3617 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3618 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3621 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3622 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3623 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3626 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3627 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3628 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3631 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3632 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3634 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3635 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3636 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3639 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3640 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3643 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3644 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3646 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3649 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3653 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3654 ;; Same meaning as C code
3655 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3657 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3662 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3663 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3666 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3667 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3671 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3675 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3676 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3677 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3679 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3680 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3681 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3683 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3684 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3685 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3686 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3687 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3690 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3692 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3694 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3695 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3696 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3697 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3698 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3699 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3701 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3703 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3704 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3705 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3707 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3709 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3713 ;;;### (autoloads (cconv-closure-convert) "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el"
3714 ;;;;;; (20453 5437 764254 0))
3715 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3717 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3718 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3719 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3720 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3722 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3724 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3728 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-auto-mode cfengine2-mode cfengine3-mode)
3729 ;;;;;; "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
3730 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3732 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3733 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3734 There are no special keybindings by default.
3736 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3737 to the action header.
3741 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3742 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3743 There are no special keybindings by default.
3745 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3746 to the action header.
3750 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3751 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3752 on the buffer contents
3758 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3759 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (20378 29222 722320 0))
3760 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3762 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3763 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3764 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3768 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3769 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3770 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3776 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3777 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3778 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3779 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3780 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3781 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3782 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3783 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3784 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (20614 54428 654267 0))
3785 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3786 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3787 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3788 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3789 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3790 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3792 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3797 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3798 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3799 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3800 the users will view as each check is completed.
3804 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3805 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3806 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3807 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3808 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3809 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3810 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3811 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3813 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3815 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3816 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3817 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3818 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3819 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3820 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3821 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3822 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3824 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3826 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3827 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3828 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3829 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3830 spacing are all verified.
3834 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3835 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3836 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3837 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3838 otherwise stop after the first error.
3840 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3842 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3843 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3844 Only documentation strings are checked.
3845 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3846 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3849 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3851 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3852 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3853 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3854 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3855 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3857 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3859 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3860 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3861 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3862 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3865 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3867 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3868 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3869 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3870 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3872 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3874 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3876 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3877 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3878 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3880 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3882 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3883 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3884 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3885 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3886 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3890 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3891 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3892 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3893 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3894 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3895 space at the end of each line.
3897 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3899 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3900 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3901 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3902 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3904 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3906 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3907 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3908 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3909 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3911 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3913 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3914 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3915 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3916 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3918 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3920 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3921 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3922 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3923 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3925 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3927 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3928 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3929 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3930 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3932 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3934 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3935 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3936 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3937 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3939 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3941 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3942 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3943 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3944 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3946 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3948 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3949 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3950 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3951 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3953 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3955 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3956 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3957 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3958 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3960 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3962 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3963 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3964 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3965 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3966 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3968 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3969 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3970 checking of documentation strings.
3972 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3978 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3979 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3980 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
3981 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3983 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3984 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3985 Return the length of resulting text.
3987 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3989 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3990 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3994 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3995 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3996 Return the length of resulting text.
3998 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4000 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4001 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4005 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4010 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4013 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4017 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4018 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
4019 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4021 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4022 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4023 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4024 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4025 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4026 editing and the result is evaluated.
4028 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4030 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4031 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4032 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4033 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4034 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4036 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4040 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4041 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4042 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4043 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4044 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4046 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4047 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4048 \\{command-history-map}
4050 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4051 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4057 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4058 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
4059 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4061 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4062 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4063 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4064 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4065 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4066 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4067 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4070 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4071 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4072 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4075 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4076 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4078 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4079 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4080 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4081 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4082 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4083 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4084 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4085 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4086 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4087 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4088 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4089 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4091 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4092 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4093 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4095 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4096 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4097 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4100 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4102 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4104 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4106 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4107 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4109 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4110 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4112 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4113 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4114 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4115 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4116 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4117 value specified by their associated list element.
4119 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4121 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4122 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4123 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4125 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4126 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4127 * indent the first argument by 4.
4128 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4129 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4130 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4132 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (20599 27513
4138 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4140 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4142 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4143 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4144 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4145 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4146 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4147 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4149 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4150 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4152 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4154 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4156 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4158 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4160 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4164 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4165 ;;;;;; (20566 63671 243798 0))
4166 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4168 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4169 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4170 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4171 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4173 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4174 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4175 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4176 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4178 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4179 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4181 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4185 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (20355
4186 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
4187 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4189 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4190 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4191 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4192 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4193 of `scheme-program-name').
4194 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4195 it is given as initial input.
4196 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4197 discards input when it starts up.
4198 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4200 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4206 ;;;### (autoloads (color-name-to-rgb) "color" "color.el" (20592 1317
4208 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4210 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4211 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4212 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4213 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4215 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4216 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4218 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4219 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4220 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4222 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4226 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4227 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4228 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4229 ;;;;;; (20594 43050 277913 0))
4230 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4232 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4233 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4234 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4235 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4236 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4237 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4238 functions have already modified the buffer.
4240 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4242 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4243 either globally or locally.")
4245 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4246 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4247 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4248 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4250 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4251 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4252 `start-file-process'
4253 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4254 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4255 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4257 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4258 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4260 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4262 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4264 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4266 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4267 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4268 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4269 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4270 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4271 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4272 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4273 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4274 process as its initial input.
4276 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4278 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4280 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4282 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4283 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4284 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4285 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4286 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4287 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4289 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4291 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4292 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4293 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4294 directory tracking functions.")
4296 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4297 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4298 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4300 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4302 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4304 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4305 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4306 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4308 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4310 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4312 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4313 Send COMMAND to current process.
4314 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4315 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4317 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4319 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4320 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4321 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4322 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4324 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4328 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
4329 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
4330 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4332 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4333 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4334 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4335 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4337 This command pushes the mark in each window
4338 at the prior location of point in that window.
4339 If both windows display the same buffer,
4340 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4341 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4343 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4344 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4345 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4346 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4347 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4348 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4349 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4352 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4353 this command work in interlaced mode:
4354 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4355 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4356 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4358 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4362 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4363 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4364 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4365 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4366 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (20615
4367 ;;;;;; 49194 141673 0))
4368 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4370 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4371 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4373 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4375 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4376 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4377 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4378 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4379 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4380 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4381 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4383 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4385 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4386 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4388 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4390 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4391 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4392 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4393 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4394 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4396 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4397 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4398 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4399 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4400 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4402 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4403 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4404 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4405 describing how the process finished.")
4407 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4408 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4409 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4410 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4411 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4413 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4414 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4415 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4417 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4419 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4420 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4421 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4422 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4424 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4426 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4427 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4429 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4430 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4432 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4434 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4435 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4436 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4437 (concat \"make -k \"
4438 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4440 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4441 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4443 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4444 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4445 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4446 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4448 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4450 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4451 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4452 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4453 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4455 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4456 and move to the source code that caused it.
4458 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4459 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4461 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4462 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4463 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4464 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4466 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4467 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4468 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4469 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4471 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4472 kills its subprocesses.
4474 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4475 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4476 to a function that generates a unique name.
4478 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4480 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4481 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4482 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4483 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4485 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4486 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4488 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4489 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4490 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4491 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4493 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4494 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4495 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4497 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4499 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4501 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4502 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4503 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4504 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4505 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4507 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4509 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4511 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4513 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4515 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4516 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4517 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4518 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4519 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4521 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4522 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4523 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4524 See `compilation-mode'.
4526 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4528 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4529 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4530 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4531 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4532 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4534 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4535 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4540 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4541 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4542 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4544 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4548 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4549 ;;;;;; (20495 51111 757560 0))
4550 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4552 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4553 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4554 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4555 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4556 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4557 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4559 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4561 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4562 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4563 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4564 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4565 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4567 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4571 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4572 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4573 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4574 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
4575 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4577 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4578 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4579 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4580 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4581 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4582 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4583 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4585 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4586 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4587 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4589 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4590 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4591 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4593 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4594 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4595 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4596 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4598 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4599 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4600 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4601 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4602 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4603 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4604 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4610 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4611 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4612 Comments start with `#'.
4613 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4615 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4625 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4626 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4627 Comments start with `;'.
4628 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4630 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4632 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4633 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4634 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4636 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4637 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4641 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4642 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4643 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4644 between `/*' and `*/'.
4645 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4647 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4648 // another kind of comment
4660 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4661 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4662 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4663 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4664 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4665 `conf-space-keywords'.
4666 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4667 in an interactive fashion instead.
4669 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4671 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4673 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4677 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4679 # Standard multimedia devices
4680 add /dev/audio desktop
4681 add /dev/mixer desktop
4685 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4686 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4687 See `conf-space-mode'.
4689 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4691 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4692 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4693 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4694 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4696 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4698 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4699 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4703 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4704 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4705 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4706 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4708 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4710 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4711 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4715 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4716 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4717 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4718 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4720 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4729 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4730 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (20545 57511 257469 0))
4731 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4733 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4734 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4735 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4736 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4738 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4740 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4741 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4742 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4743 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4745 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4747 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4748 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4749 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4750 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4752 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4754 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4755 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4757 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4761 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4762 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (20518
4763 ;;;;;; 12580 46478 0))
4764 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4765 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4766 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4767 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4769 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4770 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4771 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4772 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4773 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4774 following the copyright are updated as well.
4775 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4778 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4780 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4781 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4782 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4783 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4784 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4788 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4789 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4791 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4793 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4794 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4795 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4797 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4801 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4802 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (20512 60198 306109
4804 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4805 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4806 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4807 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4808 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4809 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4810 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4811 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4813 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4814 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4815 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4816 Tab indents for Perl code.
4817 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4818 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4820 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4821 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4822 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4823 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4824 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4825 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4826 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4827 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4828 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4829 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4830 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4831 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4833 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4835 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4836 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4838 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4840 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4841 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4842 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4843 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4844 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4845 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4846 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4847 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4848 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4850 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4854 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4855 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4856 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4859 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4860 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4861 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4863 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4865 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4866 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4867 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4868 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4869 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4871 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4881 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4882 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4883 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4884 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4885 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4886 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4887 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4888 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4889 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4890 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4891 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4892 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4893 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4895 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4896 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4897 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4898 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4899 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4900 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4902 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4903 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4906 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4907 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4908 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4909 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4910 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4912 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4913 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4914 span the needed amount of lines.
4916 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4917 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4918 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4919 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4921 Variables controlling indentation style:
4922 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4923 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4924 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4925 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4926 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4927 `cperl-auto-newline'
4928 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4929 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4930 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4931 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4932 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4933 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4934 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4935 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4936 `cperl-indent-level'
4937 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4938 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4939 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4940 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4941 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4942 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4943 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4944 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4945 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4946 `cperl-brace-offset'
4947 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4948 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4949 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4950 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4951 `cperl-label-offset'
4952 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4953 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4954 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4956 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4957 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4958 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4959 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4960 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4961 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4963 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4964 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4965 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4966 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4968 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4969 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4970 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4971 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4972 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4973 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4974 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4976 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4977 column 0 is indented on
4978 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4980 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4983 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4984 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4985 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4989 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4990 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4994 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4995 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5001 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5002 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
5003 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5005 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5006 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5007 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5008 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5009 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5013 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5014 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5020 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5021 ;;;;;; (20593 22184 581574 0))
5022 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5024 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5025 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5026 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5027 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5029 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5030 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5032 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5034 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5035 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5036 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5037 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5038 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5040 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5042 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5046 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5047 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
5048 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5050 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5051 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5052 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5053 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5055 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5056 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5057 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5058 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5060 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5061 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5062 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5064 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5065 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5068 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5069 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5070 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5072 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5074 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5075 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5076 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5078 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5082 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (20478
5083 ;;;;;; 3673 653810 0))
5084 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5086 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5087 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5093 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5094 ;;;;;; (20434 17809 692608 0))
5095 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5097 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5098 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5099 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5100 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5101 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5102 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5104 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5106 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5107 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5108 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5109 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5110 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5112 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5113 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5114 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5115 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5116 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5117 normal function of these prefix keys.
5119 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5120 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5122 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5123 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5124 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5126 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5127 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5128 the prefix fallback behavior.
5130 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5131 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5132 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5133 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5137 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5138 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5144 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5145 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5146 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5147 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5148 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5149 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5150 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5151 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-push-and-save customize-save-variable
5152 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically
5153 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically custom-browse-sort-alphabetically)
5154 ;;;;;; "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (20577 33959 40183 0))
5155 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5157 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5158 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5160 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5162 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5163 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5165 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5167 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5168 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5170 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5172 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5173 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5175 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5176 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5178 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5179 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5181 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5183 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5185 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5186 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5187 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5189 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5190 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5192 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5193 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5195 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5196 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5198 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5200 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5202 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5203 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5206 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5207 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5209 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5210 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5212 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5213 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5215 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5217 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5219 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5220 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5221 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5222 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5224 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5225 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5226 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5228 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5230 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5231 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5232 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5233 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5234 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5238 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5239 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5240 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5241 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5245 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5246 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5247 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5249 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5251 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5252 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5254 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5256 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5258 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5259 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5261 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5263 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5265 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5266 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5267 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5269 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5271 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5272 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5273 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5274 as part of Emacs itself.
5276 Each elements looks like this:
5278 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5280 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5281 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5282 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5283 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5284 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5285 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5286 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5289 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5291 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5292 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5293 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5294 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5295 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5297 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5298 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5299 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5300 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5302 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5304 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5305 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5306 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5307 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5308 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5311 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5312 that were added or redefined since that version.
5314 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5316 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5317 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5318 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5319 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5321 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5323 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5324 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5326 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5328 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5329 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5330 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5332 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5333 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5335 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5337 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5338 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5342 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5343 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5347 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5348 Customize all saved options and faces.
5352 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5353 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5354 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5355 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5356 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5357 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5359 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5360 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5361 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5363 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5365 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5366 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5368 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5370 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5371 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5373 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5375 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5376 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5378 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5380 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5381 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5382 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5383 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5384 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5387 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5389 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5390 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5391 The result includes selecting that window.
5392 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5393 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5394 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5397 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5399 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5400 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5402 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5404 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5405 File used for storing customization information.
5406 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5407 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5408 it should be an absolute file name.
5410 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5411 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5412 something like the following in your init file:
5414 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5417 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5418 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5420 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5421 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5422 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5423 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5424 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5426 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5427 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5428 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5429 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5430 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5431 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5432 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5433 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5434 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5435 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5437 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5439 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5440 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5444 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5445 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5449 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5450 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5451 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5453 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5455 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5456 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5457 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5458 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5459 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5461 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5465 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme custom-theme-visit-theme
5466 ;;;;;; customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (20355
5467 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
5468 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5470 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5471 Create or edit a custom theme.
5472 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5473 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5474 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5475 from the Custom save file.
5476 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5477 named *Custom Theme*.
5479 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5481 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5482 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5486 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5487 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5491 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5492 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5493 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5494 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5496 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5500 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5501 ;;;;;; (20476 31768 298871 0))
5502 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5504 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5505 Mode used for cvs status output.
5511 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el"
5512 ;;;;;; (20577 33959 40183 0))
5513 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5515 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5516 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5518 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5520 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5521 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5522 C++ modes are included.
5524 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5525 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5526 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5528 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5530 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5532 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5533 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5534 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5537 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5539 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5541 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5542 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5543 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5544 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5545 ARG is omitted or nil.
5547 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5548 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5549 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5555 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5556 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5557 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
5558 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5560 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5561 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5563 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5565 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5566 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5568 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5570 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5571 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5572 For readability, the table is slightly
5573 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5575 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5576 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5577 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5578 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5579 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5581 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5585 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5586 ;;;;;; (20397 45851 446679 0))
5587 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5588 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5589 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5590 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5591 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5593 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5594 Completion on current word.
5595 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5596 and presents suggestions for completion.
5598 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5599 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5602 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5603 then it searches *all* buffers.
5605 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5607 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5608 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5610 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5611 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5612 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5613 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5614 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5616 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5617 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5619 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5620 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5621 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5623 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5624 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5626 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5632 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5633 ;;;;;; (20586 48936 135199 0))
5634 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5636 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5637 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5639 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5643 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (20614
5644 ;;;;;; 54428 654267 0))
5645 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5647 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5648 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5649 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5650 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5651 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5657 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (20355
5658 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
5659 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5661 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5662 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5664 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5665 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5666 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5668 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5669 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5670 Data lines are not indented.
5675 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5677 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5678 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5679 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5680 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5682 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5685 Extra indentation within blocks.
5687 dcl-continuation-offset
5688 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5691 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5693 dcl-margin-label-offset
5694 Indentation for a label.
5696 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5697 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5699 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5700 dcl-block-end-regexp
5701 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5702 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5703 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5704 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5705 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5707 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5708 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5709 Two such functions are included in the package:
5710 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5711 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5713 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5714 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5715 One such function is included in the package:
5716 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5718 dcl-tab-always-indent
5719 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5720 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5723 dcl-electric-characters
5724 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5727 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5728 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5729 which words trigger electric indentation.
5732 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5733 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5734 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5736 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5737 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5738 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5739 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5741 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5742 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5743 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5744 dcl-imenu-label-call
5745 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5747 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5748 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5749 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5750 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5753 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5755 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5756 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5757 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5759 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5760 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5764 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5765 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5766 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5767 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5768 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5769 \"lined up with the command line\"
5771 Data lines are not indented at all.
5772 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5777 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5778 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5784 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5785 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (20609 10405 476026 0))
5786 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5788 (setq debugger 'debug)
5790 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5791 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5792 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5795 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5796 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5797 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5799 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5801 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5802 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5804 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5806 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5807 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5808 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5809 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5810 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5811 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5813 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5814 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5816 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5818 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5819 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5820 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5821 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5822 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5824 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5828 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5829 ;;;;;; (20566 63671 243798 0))
5830 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5832 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5833 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5837 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5838 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5839 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5840 Upper-case letters are commands.
5842 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5845 The most useful commands are:
5846 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5847 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5848 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5849 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5850 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5851 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5857 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5858 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (20355
5859 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
5860 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5862 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5863 Customization of `columns' group.
5867 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5868 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5870 START and END delimits the text region.
5872 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5874 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5875 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5877 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5879 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5883 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (20355
5884 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
5885 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5887 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5888 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5889 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5890 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5891 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5892 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5893 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5895 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
5899 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5900 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5901 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5902 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5903 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5904 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5905 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5906 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5907 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5908 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5909 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5910 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5912 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5913 Directories to search when finding external units.
5914 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5915 If true then Delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5919 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5920 Face used to color Delphi comments.
5921 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5922 Face used to color Delphi strings.
5923 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5924 Face used to color Delphi keywords.
5925 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5926 Face used to color everything else.
5928 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable `delphi-mode-hook'
5929 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5935 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (20613
5936 ;;;;;; 49078 764749 0))
5937 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5939 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5941 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5942 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5943 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5944 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5945 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5946 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5948 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5950 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5951 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5952 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5953 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5954 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5956 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5957 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5958 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5965 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5966 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (20577 33959 40183 0))
5967 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5969 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5970 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5972 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5974 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5975 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5976 or nil if there is no parent.
5977 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5978 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5979 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5980 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5981 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5983 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5984 arguments are currently understood:
5986 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5987 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5989 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5990 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5992 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5993 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5995 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5997 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5999 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6000 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6001 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6003 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6004 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6006 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6007 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6008 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6010 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6011 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6013 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6014 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6016 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6018 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6020 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6022 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6023 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6024 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6025 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6026 the first time the mode is used.
6028 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6032 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6033 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (20530 32114 546307 0))
6034 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6036 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6037 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6038 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6039 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6040 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6041 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6044 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6046 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6047 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6048 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6049 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6051 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6052 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6053 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6055 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6056 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6057 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6058 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6059 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6060 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6063 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6067 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6068 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6069 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6070 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (20577 33959 40183 0))
6071 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6073 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6074 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6075 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6077 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6079 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6080 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6081 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is
6082 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6083 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6085 If Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6086 one session to another. See variable `desktop-save' and function
6087 `desktop-read' for details.
6089 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6091 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6092 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6093 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6094 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6096 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6098 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6099 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6100 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6102 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6103 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6104 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6106 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6107 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6109 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6110 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6111 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6113 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6114 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6115 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6116 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6118 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6120 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6121 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6123 Handlers are called with argument list
6125 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6127 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6129 desktop-file-version
6130 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6131 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6132 desktop-buffer-point
6134 desktop-buffer-read-only
6135 desktop-buffer-locals
6137 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6138 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6140 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6143 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6145 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6146 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6148 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6150 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6152 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6153 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6154 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6155 List elements must have the form
6157 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6159 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6162 Handlers are called with argument list
6164 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6166 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6168 desktop-file-version
6169 desktop-buffer-file-name
6171 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6172 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6173 desktop-buffer-point
6175 desktop-buffer-read-only
6178 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6179 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6182 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6185 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6187 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6188 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6190 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6192 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6194 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6196 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6198 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6199 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6200 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6204 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6205 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6206 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6207 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6208 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6210 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6212 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6213 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6214 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6218 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6219 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6220 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6221 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6222 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6223 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6224 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6225 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6227 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6229 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6230 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6231 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6235 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode "22.1")
6237 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6238 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6239 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6240 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6243 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6245 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6246 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6250 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6251 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6257 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6258 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6259 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
6260 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6262 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6263 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6264 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6265 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6266 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6267 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6269 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6271 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6272 Repair a broken attribution line.
6273 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6275 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6277 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6278 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6279 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6280 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6282 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6284 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6285 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6291 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6292 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (20576 42138 697312 0))
6293 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6295 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6296 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6297 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6298 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6299 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6303 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6304 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6305 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6306 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6308 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6309 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6310 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6311 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6313 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6314 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6316 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6317 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6318 calendar-date-style 'european
6319 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6321 \(diary-mail-entries)
6323 # diary-rem.el ends here
6325 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6327 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6328 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6334 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-buffer-with-file diff-latest-backup-file
6335 ;;;;;; diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff" "vc/diff.el"
6336 ;;;;;; (20570 60708 993668 0))
6337 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6339 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6340 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6342 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6344 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6345 The command to use to run diff.")
6347 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6349 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6350 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6351 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6352 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6353 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6354 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6356 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6357 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6358 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6360 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6362 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6363 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6364 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6365 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6366 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6367 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6369 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6371 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6372 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6376 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6377 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6378 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6380 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6384 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
6385 ;;;;;; (20623 43301 870757 0))
6386 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6388 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6389 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6390 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6393 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6394 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6395 headers for you on-the-fly.
6397 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6398 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6399 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6405 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6406 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6407 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6408 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6409 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6411 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6413 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6417 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
6418 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6420 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6421 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6422 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6424 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6428 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6429 ;;;;;; dired dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (20619 46245
6431 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6433 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6434 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6435 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6436 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6437 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6438 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6439 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6440 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6442 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6444 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6445 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6446 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6447 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6448 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6449 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6451 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6452 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6453 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6454 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6455 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6456 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6457 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6458 list of files to make directory entries for.
6459 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6460 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6461 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6463 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6465 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6466 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6468 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6469 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6471 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6472 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6474 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6475 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6477 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6479 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6480 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6482 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6484 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6485 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6486 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6487 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6488 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6489 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6490 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6491 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6492 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6493 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6494 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6495 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6496 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6497 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6498 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6499 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6500 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6501 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6502 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6503 to see why something went wrong.
6504 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6505 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6506 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6507 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6508 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6509 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6510 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6511 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6512 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6513 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6514 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6515 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6516 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6518 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6519 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6520 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6521 again for the directory tree.
6523 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6526 `dired-listing-switches'
6527 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6530 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6531 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6532 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6533 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6535 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6537 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6538 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6545 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6546 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6550 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6551 ;;;;;; (20399 35365 4050 0))
6552 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6554 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6555 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6556 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6557 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6558 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6560 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6561 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6562 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6564 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6565 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6568 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6570 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6571 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6572 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6573 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6574 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6575 from `default-directory'.
6577 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6581 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (20497
6582 ;;;;;; 6436 957082 0))
6583 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6585 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6586 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6587 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6588 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6589 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6590 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6592 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6596 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6597 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6598 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6599 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6600 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6601 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
6602 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6604 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6605 Return a new, empty display table.
6609 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6610 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6611 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6612 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6613 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6615 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6617 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6618 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6619 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6620 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6621 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6623 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6625 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6626 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6630 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6631 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6635 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6636 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6638 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6639 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6641 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6642 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6645 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6646 in the default way after this call.
6650 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6651 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6655 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6656 Display character C using printable string S.
6660 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6661 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6662 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6663 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6665 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6667 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6668 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6669 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6672 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6674 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6675 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6677 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6679 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6680 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6682 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6684 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6685 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6687 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6689 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6690 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6692 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6694 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6695 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6697 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6699 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6700 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6702 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6703 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6705 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6706 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6708 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6709 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6710 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6711 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6713 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6714 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6715 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6722 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6723 ;;;;;; (20545 57511 257469 0))
6724 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6726 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6727 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6728 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6729 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6730 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6731 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6732 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6739 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (20355 10021
6741 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6743 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6744 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6745 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6746 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6747 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6748 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6750 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6751 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6752 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6753 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6754 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6756 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6760 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6761 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
6762 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6764 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6765 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6766 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6767 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6768 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6769 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6770 table and its own syntax table.
6772 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6775 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6777 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6778 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6784 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode-maybe
6785 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (20581
6786 ;;;;;; 31014 234484 0))
6787 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6789 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6790 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6791 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6792 OpenDocument format).
6794 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6796 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6797 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6799 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6800 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6802 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6803 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6804 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6808 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6809 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6810 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6811 to the next best mode.
6815 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6816 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6817 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6818 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6819 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6821 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6825 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6832 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (20545 57511
6834 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6836 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6837 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6843 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (20355 10021
6845 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6847 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6848 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6849 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6850 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6851 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6853 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6854 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6856 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6860 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (20545 57511
6862 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6864 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6865 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6871 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6872 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6873 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (20574 57775 217760 0))
6874 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6876 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6878 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6879 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6880 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6881 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6882 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6884 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6885 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6886 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6887 and disables it otherwise.
6889 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6890 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6891 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6892 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6894 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6895 documenting what its argument does.
6897 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6898 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6899 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6900 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6901 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6902 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6903 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6904 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6906 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6907 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6908 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6909 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6910 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6913 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6914 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6915 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6916 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6917 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6918 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6919 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6920 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6921 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6922 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6923 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6924 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6925 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6926 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6927 named variable, or more generally anything that can be used
6928 with the CL macro `setf'. PLACE can also be of the form
6929 (GET . SET), where GET is an expression that returns the
6930 current state, and SET is a function that takes one argument,
6931 the new state, and sets it. If you specify a :variable,
6932 this function does not define a MODE variable (nor any of
6933 the terms used in :variable).
6934 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6935 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6937 For example, you could write
6938 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6939 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6942 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6944 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6946 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6948 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6950 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6951 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6952 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6953 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6954 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6955 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6956 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6957 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6958 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6959 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6960 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6961 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6963 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6964 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6965 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6966 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6967 call another major mode in their body.
6969 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6971 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6973 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6974 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6975 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6976 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6977 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6978 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6979 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6981 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6983 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6984 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6985 :inherit Parent keymap.
6987 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6988 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6990 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6992 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6993 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6994 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6995 the constant's documentation.
6997 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6999 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7000 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7001 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7003 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7007 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7008 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (20615
7009 ;;;;;; 49194 141673 0))
7010 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7012 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7013 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7014 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7015 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7017 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7018 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7019 as a top-level menu bar item.
7021 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7022 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7026 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7027 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7028 items to actually display.
7031 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7032 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7033 alias for `:visible'.
7036 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7037 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7038 an alias for `:active'.
7040 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7041 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7043 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7045 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7047 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7048 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7050 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7051 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7053 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7055 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7057 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7058 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7061 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7062 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7063 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7064 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7067 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7068 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7069 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7070 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7073 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7074 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7075 alias for `:active'.
7078 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7079 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7083 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7084 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7087 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7088 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7091 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7092 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7093 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7096 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7097 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7100 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7102 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7103 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7104 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7106 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7107 MENU. This is a submenu.
7109 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7111 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7113 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7116 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7118 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7119 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7120 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7121 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7123 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7125 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7126 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7127 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7128 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7129 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7130 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7132 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7133 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7134 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7136 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7137 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7138 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7140 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7141 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7143 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7147 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7148 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7149 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7150 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7151 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7152 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7153 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7154 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
7155 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7157 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7158 Customization for ebnf group.
7162 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7163 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7165 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7167 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7170 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7172 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7174 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7175 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7177 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7178 killed after process termination.
7180 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7182 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7184 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7185 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7187 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7188 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7191 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7192 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7193 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7194 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7196 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7198 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7199 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7200 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7202 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7204 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7205 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7207 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7209 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7212 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7214 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7216 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7217 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7219 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7220 killed after process termination.
7222 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7224 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7226 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7227 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7228 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7229 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7231 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7235 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7236 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7237 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7239 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7241 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7243 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7244 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7246 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7248 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7251 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7253 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7255 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7256 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7258 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7259 killed after EPS generation.
7261 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7263 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7265 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7266 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7268 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7269 The EPS file name has the following form:
7271 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7273 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7274 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7276 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7277 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7278 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7279 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7280 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7282 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7287 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7288 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7290 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7291 The EPS file name has the following form:
7293 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7295 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7296 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7298 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7299 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7300 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7301 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7302 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7304 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7307 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7309 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7311 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7312 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7314 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7316 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7319 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7321 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7323 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7324 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7326 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7327 killed after syntax checking.
7329 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7331 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7333 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7334 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7338 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7339 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7341 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7343 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7344 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7348 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7349 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7351 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7355 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7356 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7358 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7360 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7362 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7365 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7369 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7370 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7372 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7374 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7376 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7377 Set STYLE as the current style.
7379 Returns the old style symbol.
7381 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7385 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7386 Reset current style.
7388 Returns the old style symbol.
7390 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7392 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7394 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7395 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7397 Returns the old style symbol.
7399 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7401 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7403 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7405 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7406 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7408 Returns the old style symbol.
7410 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7412 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7418 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7419 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7420 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7421 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7422 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7423 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7424 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7425 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7426 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7427 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7428 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (20561
7429 ;;;;;; 18280 338092 0))
7430 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7432 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7433 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7434 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7435 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7436 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7437 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7439 Tree mode key bindings:
7440 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7444 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7445 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7449 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7450 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7454 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7455 View declaration of member at point.
7459 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7460 Find declaration of member at point.
7464 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7465 View definition of member at point.
7469 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7470 Find definition of member at point.
7474 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7475 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7479 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7480 View definition of member at point in other window.
7484 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7485 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7489 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7490 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7494 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7495 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7499 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7500 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7504 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7505 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7506 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7507 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7510 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7512 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7513 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7514 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7515 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7517 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7519 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7520 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7521 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7522 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7524 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7526 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7527 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7528 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7530 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7532 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7533 Search for call sites of a member.
7534 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7535 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7536 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7537 looks like a function call to the member.
7539 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7541 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7542 Move backward in the position stack.
7543 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7547 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7548 Move forward in the position stack.
7549 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7553 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7554 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7558 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7559 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7563 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7564 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7565 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7566 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7568 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7570 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7571 Display statistics for a class tree.
7577 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7578 ;;;;;; (20523 62082 997685 0))
7579 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7581 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7582 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7583 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7584 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7585 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7586 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7587 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7589 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7591 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7592 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7593 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7594 also has this effect.
7595 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7596 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7597 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7598 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7599 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7600 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7601 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7602 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7603 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7604 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7610 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7611 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
7612 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7614 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7615 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7616 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7618 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7622 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7623 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
7624 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7626 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7633 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (20590 45996
7635 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7637 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7638 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7639 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7640 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7641 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7642 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7644 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7646 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7647 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7648 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7649 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7650 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7652 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7653 an EDE controlled project.
7655 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7659 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7660 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7661 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (20594 43050 277913 0))
7662 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7664 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7665 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7666 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7667 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7668 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7670 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7671 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7672 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7673 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7675 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7677 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7678 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7679 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7680 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7682 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7684 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7685 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7686 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7687 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7689 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7691 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7693 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7694 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7695 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7696 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7697 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7699 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7700 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7701 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7702 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7703 instrumented for Edebug.
7705 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7706 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7707 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7708 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7713 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7714 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7718 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7719 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7725 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7726 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7727 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7728 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7729 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7730 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7731 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7732 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7733 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7734 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (20495 51111
7736 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7738 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7739 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7741 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7743 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7744 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7746 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7748 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7750 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7752 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7753 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7754 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7755 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7759 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7760 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7761 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7762 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7766 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7767 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7769 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7771 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7773 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7774 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7776 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7778 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7780 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7781 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7782 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7783 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7785 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7787 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7789 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7790 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7791 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7792 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7794 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7796 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7798 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7799 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7800 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7801 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7803 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7805 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7807 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7808 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7809 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7810 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7812 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7814 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7816 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7817 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7818 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7819 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7820 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7821 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7823 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7825 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7826 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7827 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7828 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7830 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7832 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7834 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7835 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7836 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7837 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7839 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7841 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7843 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7845 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7846 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7847 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7849 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7850 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7852 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7854 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7855 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7856 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7858 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7859 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7861 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7863 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7864 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7865 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7866 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7867 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7869 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7871 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7872 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7873 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7874 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7875 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7876 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7878 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7880 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7882 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7883 Merge two files without ancestor.
7885 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7887 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7888 Merge two files with ancestor.
7890 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7892 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7894 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7895 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7897 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7899 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7900 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7902 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7904 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7905 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7906 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7909 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7911 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7912 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7913 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7916 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7918 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7919 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7920 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7921 and don't ask the user.
7922 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7923 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7925 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7927 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7928 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7929 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7930 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7931 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7932 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7933 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7934 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7936 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7938 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7940 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7942 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7943 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7944 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7945 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7946 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7948 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7950 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7952 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7953 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7954 When called interactively, displays the version.
7958 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7959 Display Ediff's manual.
7960 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7962 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7966 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7967 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
7968 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7970 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7977 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7978 ;;;;;; (20614 54428 654267 0))
7979 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7981 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7982 Display Ediff's registry.
7986 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7990 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7991 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (20584 7212 455152 0))
7992 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7994 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7995 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7996 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8001 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8002 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8003 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8004 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8010 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8011 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8012 ;;;;;; (20476 31768 298871 0))
8013 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8015 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8016 Edit a keyboard macro.
8017 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8018 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8019 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8021 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8023 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8025 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8026 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8028 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8030 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8031 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8033 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8035 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8036 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8037 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8038 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8039 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8040 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8042 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8043 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8044 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8045 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8047 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8049 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8050 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8051 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8052 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8053 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8054 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8056 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8060 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8061 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
8062 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8064 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8066 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8067 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8069 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8071 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8072 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8078 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8079 ;;;;;; (20593 22184 581574 0))
8080 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8082 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8083 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8084 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8085 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8086 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8087 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8088 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8090 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8091 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8093 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8094 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8095 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8096 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8098 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8099 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8100 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8102 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8103 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8104 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8106 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8108 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8111 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8115 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-object) "eieio-custom" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
8116 ;;;;;; (20586 48936 135199 0))
8117 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
8119 (autoload 'customize-object "eieio-custom" "\
8120 Customize OBJ in a custom buffer.
8121 Optional argument GROUP is the sub-group of slots to display.
8123 \(fn OBJ &optional GROUP)" nil nil)
8127 ;;;### (autoloads (eieio-describe-generic eieio-describe-constructor
8128 ;;;;;; eieio-describe-class eieio-browse) "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
8129 ;;;;;; (20617 41641 89638 0))
8130 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
8132 (autoload 'eieio-browse "eieio-opt" "\
8133 Create an object browser window to show all objects.
8134 If optional ROOT-CLASS, then start with that, otherwise start with
8135 variable `eieio-default-superclass'.
8137 \(fn &optional ROOT-CLASS)" t nil)
8138 (defalias 'describe-class 'eieio-describe-class)
8140 (autoload 'eieio-describe-class "eieio-opt" "\
8141 Describe a CLASS defined by a string or symbol.
8142 If CLASS is actually an object, then also display current values of that object.
8143 Optional HEADERFCN should be called to insert a few bits of info first.
8145 \(fn CLASS &optional HEADERFCN)" t nil)
8147 (autoload 'eieio-describe-constructor "eieio-opt" "\
8148 Describe the constructor function FCN.
8149 Uses `eieio-describe-class' to describe the class being constructed.
8152 (defalias 'describe-generic 'eieio-describe-generic)
8154 (autoload 'eieio-describe-generic "eieio-opt" "\
8155 Describe the generic function GENERIC.
8156 Also extracts information about all methods specific to this generic.
8158 \(fn GENERIC)" t nil)
8162 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8163 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
8164 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8166 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8167 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8169 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8171 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8172 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8173 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8174 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8175 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8177 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8178 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8179 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8180 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8181 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8182 expression point is on.
8184 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8186 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8187 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8191 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8192 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8193 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8194 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8195 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8196 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8199 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8200 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8201 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8204 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8205 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8209 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
8210 ;;;;;; "electric" "electric.el" (20613 49078 764749 0))
8211 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
8213 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
8214 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
8216 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
8217 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
8218 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8219 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8220 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8221 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
8223 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
8225 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
8226 Toggle on-the-fly reindentation (Electric Indent mode).
8227 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Indent mode if ARG is
8228 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8229 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8231 This is a global minor mode. When enabled, it reindents whenever
8232 the hook `electric-indent-functions' returns non-nil, or you
8233 insert a character from `electric-indent-chars'.
8235 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8237 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8238 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8239 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8240 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8241 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8242 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8244 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
8246 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
8247 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8248 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8249 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8250 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8252 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8253 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8254 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.)
8256 See options `electric-pair-pairs' and `electric-pair-skip-self'.
8258 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8260 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
8261 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
8262 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8263 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8264 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8265 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
8267 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
8269 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
8270 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
8271 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Layout mode if ARG is
8272 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8273 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8274 The variable `electric-layout-rules' says when and how to insert newlines.
8276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8280 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (20355
8281 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
8282 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8284 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8285 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8287 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8288 an elided material again.
8290 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8292 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8296 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
8297 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8298 ;;;;;; (20486 36135 22104 0))
8299 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8301 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8306 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8307 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8308 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8310 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8312 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8313 Lint the current buffer.
8314 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8318 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8319 Lint the function at point.
8320 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8324 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8326 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8327 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8329 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8333 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8334 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (20497
8335 ;;;;;; 6436 957082 0))
8336 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8338 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8339 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8340 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8342 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8344 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8345 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8346 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8347 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8349 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8351 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8352 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8353 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8355 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8357 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8359 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8360 Display current profiling results.
8361 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8362 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8369 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-lock-mode) "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el"
8370 ;;;;;; (20577 33959 40183 0))
8371 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8373 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8374 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8375 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8376 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8377 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8378 ARG is omitted or nil.
8380 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8381 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8382 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8385 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8387 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8388 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8389 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8391 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8397 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug-query-existing-bugs report-emacs-bug)
8398 ;;;;;; "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (20576 13095 881042 0))
8399 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8401 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8402 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8403 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8405 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8407 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug-query-existing-bugs "emacsbug" "\
8408 Query for KEYWORDS at `report-emacs-bug-tracker-url', and return the result.
8409 The result is an alist with items of the form (URL SUBJECT NO).
8411 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
8415 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8416 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8417 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8418 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8419 ;;;;;; "vc/emerge.el" (20576 42138 697312 0))
8420 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8422 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8423 Run Emerge on two files.
8425 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8427 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8428 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8430 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8432 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8433 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8435 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8437 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8438 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8440 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8442 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8447 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8452 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8455 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8457 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8460 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8462 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8463 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8465 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8467 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8468 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8470 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8472 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8475 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8479 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8480 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (20461 32935 300400 0))
8481 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8483 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8484 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8485 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8486 text/enriched format.
8488 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8489 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8490 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8492 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8494 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8495 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8499 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8501 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8503 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8506 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8508 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8511 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8515 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8516 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8517 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8518 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8519 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8520 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (20577
8521 ;;;;;; 33959 40183 0))
8522 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8524 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8525 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8527 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8529 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8530 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8532 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8534 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8535 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8536 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8537 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8538 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8539 the keys are listed.
8540 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8542 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8544 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8549 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8554 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8555 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8557 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8559 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8560 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8562 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8564 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8565 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8567 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8568 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8569 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8570 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8572 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8573 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8574 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8575 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8576 should consider using the string based counterpart
8577 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8578 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8582 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8583 (decode-coding-string
8584 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8587 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8589 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8590 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8592 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8593 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8595 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8597 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8598 Verify the current region between START and END.
8600 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8601 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8602 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8603 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8604 should consider using the string based counterpart
8605 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8606 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8610 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8611 (decode-coding-string
8612 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8615 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8617 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8618 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8619 between START and END.
8621 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8622 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8624 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8626 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8627 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8629 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8630 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8631 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8632 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8633 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8634 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8638 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8641 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8643 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8645 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8646 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8648 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8649 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8650 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8651 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8652 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8653 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8657 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8660 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8663 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8665 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8666 Delete selected KEYS.
8668 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8670 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8671 Import keys from FILE.
8675 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8676 Import keys from the region.
8678 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8680 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8681 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8682 between START and END.
8684 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8686 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8687 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8689 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8691 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8692 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8698 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8699 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (20355 10021
8701 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8703 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8704 Decrypt marked files.
8708 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8709 Verify marked files.
8713 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8718 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8719 Encrypt marked files.
8725 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8726 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
8727 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8729 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8732 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8734 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8739 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8746 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8747 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8748 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
8749 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8751 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8752 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8753 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8754 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8755 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8759 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8760 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8761 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8763 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8767 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8768 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8769 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8771 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8775 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8776 Sign the current buffer.
8777 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8779 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8781 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8783 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8784 Encrypt the current buffer.
8785 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8787 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8789 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8791 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8792 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8793 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8795 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8799 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8800 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8801 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8802 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8803 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8804 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8806 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8808 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8809 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8810 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8811 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8812 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8814 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8818 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (20577 33959
8820 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8822 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8823 Return a context object.
8825 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8829 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8830 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (20373 11301 906925 0))
8831 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8833 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8834 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8838 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8839 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8841 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8843 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8844 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8846 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8850 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc-tls erc erc-select-read-args)
8851 ;;;;;; "erc" "erc/erc.el" (20604 29767 397763 0))
8852 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8854 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8855 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8859 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8860 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8861 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8863 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8865 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8866 (server (erc-compute-server))
8867 (port (erc-compute-port))
8868 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8870 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8872 That is, if called with
8874 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8876 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8877 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8878 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8880 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8882 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8884 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8885 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8886 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8888 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8890 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8891 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8892 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8893 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8895 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (20591
8900 ;;;;;; 33616 626144 310000))
8901 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8902 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (20593 22184
8908 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8909 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (20591 33616
8914 ;;;;;; 706147 283000))
8915 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8916 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (20591 33616
8921 ;;;;;; 736174 412000))
8922 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8923 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8927 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8928 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (20591 33616 756180 926000))
8929 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8930 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8932 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8933 Parser for /dcc command.
8934 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8935 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8936 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8938 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8940 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8941 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8945 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8946 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8948 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8949 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8950 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8953 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8958 ;;;;;; (20593 22184 581574 0))
8959 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8960 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8964 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8965 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8966 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8967 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8968 ;;;;;; (20591 33616 766161 665000))
8969 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8971 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8972 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8974 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8976 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8977 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8978 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8979 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8981 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8983 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8986 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8988 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8989 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8991 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8993 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8994 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8996 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8998 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8999 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9001 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9003 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9004 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9006 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9008 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9009 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9011 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9013 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9014 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9016 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9018 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9019 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9023 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9024 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9030 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (20591
9031 ;;;;;; 33616 776163 920000))
9032 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9033 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9035 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9036 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9037 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9043 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9044 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (20591 33616 794740 81000))
9045 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9046 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9048 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9049 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9050 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9051 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9052 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9053 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9056 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9058 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9061 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9065 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9066 ;;;;;; (20591 33616 794740 81000))
9067 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9069 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (20591 33616 804732
9078 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9079 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (20591 33616 824757
9085 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9086 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9090 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9091 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (20593 22184 581574 0))
9092 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9093 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9095 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9096 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9097 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9098 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9099 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9100 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9102 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9104 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9105 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9106 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9107 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9109 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9110 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9113 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9114 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9116 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9120 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9121 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9122 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9123 ;;;;;; (20591 33616 834740 676000))
9124 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9125 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9127 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9128 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9132 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9133 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9137 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9138 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9142 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9143 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9147 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9148 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9152 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9153 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9157 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9158 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9162 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9163 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (20591 33616 844710
9171 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9172 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9176 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9177 ;;;;;; (20591 33616 854733 799000))
9178 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9179 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9181 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9188 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9189 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (20591 33616 854733 799000))
9190 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9192 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9193 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9194 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9195 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9199 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9200 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9206 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9207 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (20591 33616 864734 46000))
9208 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9209 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9211 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9212 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9213 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9214 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9216 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9218 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (20591 33616 864734
9227 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9228 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (20591
9233 ;;;;;; 33616 874723 983000))
9234 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9235 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (20591 33616
9240 ;;;;;; 874723 983000))
9241 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9242 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (20591 33616 884730
9248 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9249 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9253 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9254 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (20591 33616 894723
9256 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9257 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9259 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9260 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9264 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9265 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9266 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9268 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (20591 33616
9273 ;;;;;; 894723 303000))
9274 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9275 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9279 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9280 ;;;;;; (20591 33616 894723 303000))
9281 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9283 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9284 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9285 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (20591
9292 ;;;;;; 33616 904733 437000))
9293 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9294 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (20593 22184
9300 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9301 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9305 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9306 ;;;;;; (20591 33616 924730 373000))
9307 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9309 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9310 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9311 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9313 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9315 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9316 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9317 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9318 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9319 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9321 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9322 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9323 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9324 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9327 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9331 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9332 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (20591 33616 934716
9334 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9335 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9337 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9338 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9339 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9340 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9342 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9344 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9345 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9346 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9352 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9353 ;;;;;; (20591 33616 934716 526000))
9354 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9355 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9357 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9358 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9364 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-describe-test ert-run-tests-interactively
9365 ;;;;;; ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit ert-run-tests-batch ert-deftest)
9366 ;;;;;; "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (20576 42138 697312 0))
9367 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9369 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9370 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9372 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9373 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9375 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
9378 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9380 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9381 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9382 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9384 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9386 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9388 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9390 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9391 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9393 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9394 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9395 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9396 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9398 Returns the stats object.
9400 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9402 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9403 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9405 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9406 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9407 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9410 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9412 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9413 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9415 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9416 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9417 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9418 and how to display message.
9420 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9422 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9424 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9425 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9427 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9431 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-kill-all-test-buffers) "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el"
9432 ;;;;;; (20576 42138 697312 0))
9433 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9435 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9437 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9438 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9444 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (20593
9445 ;;;;;; 22184 581574 0))
9446 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9448 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9449 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9457 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9458 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (20577 33959 40183 0))
9459 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9461 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9462 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9463 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9464 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9465 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9466 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9467 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9468 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9469 buffer selected (or created).
9471 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9473 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9474 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9475 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9477 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9479 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9480 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9481 The result might be any Lisp object.
9482 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9483 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9484 corresponding to a successful execution.
9486 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9488 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9492 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9493 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9494 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9495 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9496 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9497 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9498 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9499 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
9500 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9502 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9503 File name of tags table.
9504 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9505 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9506 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9507 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9508 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9510 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9511 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9512 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9513 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9515 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9517 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9518 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9519 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9520 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9521 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9522 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9524 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9526 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9527 List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9528 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9529 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9530 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9531 `auto-compression-mode').")
9533 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9535 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9536 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9537 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9538 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9539 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9541 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9543 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9544 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9545 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9546 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9548 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9550 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9551 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9552 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9553 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9554 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9556 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9558 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9559 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9563 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9564 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9565 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9566 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9568 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9569 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9570 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9571 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9572 file the tag was in.
9574 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9576 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9577 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9578 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9579 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9580 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9581 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9582 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9583 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9584 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9586 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9588 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9589 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9590 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9591 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9592 without directory names.
9595 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9596 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9599 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9601 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9602 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9603 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9604 but does not select the buffer.
9605 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9607 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9608 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9609 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9610 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9611 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9613 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9615 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9616 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9617 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9619 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9621 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9623 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9624 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9625 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9626 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9628 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9629 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9630 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9631 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9632 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9634 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9636 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9637 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9638 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9640 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9642 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9643 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9645 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9646 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9647 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9648 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9649 around or before point.
9651 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9652 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9653 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9654 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9655 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9657 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9659 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9660 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9661 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9663 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9665 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9666 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9668 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9669 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9670 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9671 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9672 around or before point.
9674 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9675 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9676 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9677 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9678 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9680 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9682 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9683 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9684 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9686 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9688 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9689 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9691 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9692 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9693 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9695 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9696 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9697 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9698 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9699 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9701 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9703 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9704 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9705 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9707 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9709 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9710 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9711 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9713 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9714 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9716 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9717 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9718 where they were found.
9722 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9723 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9725 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9726 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9727 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9729 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9730 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9732 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9733 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9735 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9737 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9738 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9739 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9740 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9742 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9743 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9744 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9745 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9746 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9748 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9749 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9751 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9752 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9753 Stops when a match is found.
9754 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9756 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9757 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9758 restricted to these files.
9760 Aleso see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9762 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9764 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9765 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9766 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9767 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9768 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9769 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9770 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9771 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9773 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9774 produce the list of files to search.
9776 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9778 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9780 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9781 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9782 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9783 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9784 directory specification.
9786 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9788 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9789 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9791 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9793 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9794 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9795 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9796 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9800 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9801 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9802 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9803 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9804 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9810 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9811 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9812 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9813 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9814 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9815 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9816 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9817 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
9818 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9820 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9825 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9826 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9828 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9829 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9831 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9832 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9835 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9836 even if the buffer is read-only.
9838 See also the descriptions of the variables
9839 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9841 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9843 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9844 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9846 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9847 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9849 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9850 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9853 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9854 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9856 See also the descriptions of the variables
9857 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9859 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9861 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9862 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9863 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9864 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9866 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9868 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9869 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9870 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9871 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9873 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9874 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9877 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9878 buffer is read-only.
9880 See also the descriptions of the variables
9881 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9882 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9884 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9886 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9887 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9889 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9890 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9892 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9893 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9894 the primary language.
9896 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9897 buffer is read-only.
9899 See also the descriptions of the variables
9900 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9901 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9903 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9905 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9906 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9907 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9909 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9911 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9912 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9916 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9917 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9919 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9920 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9923 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9924 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9925 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9927 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9929 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9931 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9932 This function is deprecated.
9936 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9937 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9941 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9942 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9946 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9947 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9949 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9950 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9952 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9953 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9957 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9958 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9962 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9963 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9967 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9968 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9972 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9973 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9974 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9978 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9981 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9985 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9986 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9987 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
9988 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9990 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9991 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9992 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9993 server for future sessions.
9995 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9997 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9998 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9999 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10001 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10003 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
10004 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10005 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10007 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10009 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
10010 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10011 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10012 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10013 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10014 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10015 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10016 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10017 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10018 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10019 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10020 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10022 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10024 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10025 Display a form to query the directory server.
10026 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10027 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10029 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10031 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10032 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10033 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10037 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc
:help
,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map
)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu
(symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu
))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t
] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t
] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t
] ["---" nil nil
] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t
] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t
]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads
)) (if (featurep 'xemacs
) (if (and (featurep 'menubar
) (not (featurep 'infodock
))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu
)) (require 'easymenu
) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item
) (easy-menu-add-item nil
'("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu
) (cdr menu
)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps
) (define-key global-map
[menu-bar tools eudc
] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu
)))))))))))
10041 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10042 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10043 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
10044 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10046 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary
"eudc-bob" "\
10047 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10049 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10051 (autoload 'eudc-display-url
"eudc-bob" "\
10052 Display URL and make it clickable.
10054 \(fn URL)" nil nil
)
10056 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail
"eudc-bob" "\
10057 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10059 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil
)
10061 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound
"eudc-bob" "\
10062 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10064 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10066 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline
"eudc-bob" "\
10067 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10069 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10071 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button
"eudc-bob" "\
10072 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10074 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
10078 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10079 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
10080 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10082 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb
"eudc-export" "\
10083 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10084 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10088 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert
"eudc-export" "\
10089 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10095 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10096 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
10097 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10099 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist
"eudc-hotlist" "\
10100 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10106 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (20453
10107 ;;;;;; 5437 764254 0))
10108 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10110 (autoload 'ewoc-create
"ewoc" "\
10111 Create an empty ewoc.
10113 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10115 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10116 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10117 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10118 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10119 `insert-before-markers'.
10121 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10122 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10123 respectively, of the ewoc.
10125 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10126 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10127 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10129 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil
)
10133 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10134 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10135 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10136 ;;;;;; (20533 6181 437016 717000))
10137 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10139 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p
"executable" "\
10140 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10141 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10143 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil
)
10145 (autoload 'executable-interpret
"executable" "\
10146 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10147 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10148 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10149 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10151 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
10153 (autoload 'executable-set-magic
"executable" "\
10154 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10155 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10156 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10157 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10160 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil
)
10162 (autoload 'executable-self-display
"executable" "\
10163 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10164 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10168 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
"executable" "\
10169 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10170 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10177 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10178 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10179 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
10180 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10182 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs
"expand" "\
10183 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10184 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10185 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10187 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10189 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10190 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10191 to generate such functions.
10193 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10194 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10195 beginning of the expanded text.
10197 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10198 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10199 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10200 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10202 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10204 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil
)
10206 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook
"expand" "\
10207 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10208 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10212 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
"expand" "\
10213 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10214 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10218 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
"expand" "\
10219 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10220 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10223 (define-key abbrev-map
"p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot
)
10224 (define-key abbrev-map
"n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot
)
10228 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (20566 63671
10230 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10232 (autoload 'f90-mode
"f90" "\
10233 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10234 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10236 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10237 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10238 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10240 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10245 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10248 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10250 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10252 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10253 `f90-program-indent'
10254 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10256 `f90-associate-indent'
10257 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10258 `f90-critical-indent'
10259 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10260 `f90-continuation-indent'
10261 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10262 `f90-comment-region'
10263 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10264 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10265 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10266 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10268 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10269 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10270 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10271 `f90-break-delimiters'
10272 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10273 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10274 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10275 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10277 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10278 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10280 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10281 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10282 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10283 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10284 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10285 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10286 `f90-leave-line-no'
10287 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10289 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10290 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10296 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10297 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10298 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
10299 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (20622
10300 ;;;;;; 22438 32851 0))
10301 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10303 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative
"face-remap" "\
10304 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10305 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10306 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10308 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10309 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10310 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10311 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10312 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10314 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10315 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10316 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10317 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10318 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10319 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10322 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10323 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10325 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil
)
10327 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base
"face-remap" "\
10328 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10329 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10330 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10332 \(fn FACE)" nil nil
)
10334 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base
"face-remap" "\
10335 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10336 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10337 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10339 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10340 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10341 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10343 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10344 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10345 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10346 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10348 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil
)
10350 (autoload 'text-scale-set
"face-remap" "\
10351 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10352 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10354 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10355 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10356 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10359 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil
)
10361 (autoload 'text-scale-increase
"face-remap" "\
10362 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10363 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10365 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10366 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10367 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10368 will remove any scaling currently active.
10372 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease
"face-remap" "\
10373 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10374 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10377 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
+)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
10378 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?-
)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
10379 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
=)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
10380 (define-key ctl-x-map
[(control ?
0)] 'text-scale-adjust
)
10382 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust
"face-remap" "\
10383 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10385 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10387 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10388 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10390 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10391 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10392 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10394 When adjusting with `+' or `-', continue to read input events and
10395 further adjust the face height as long as the input event read
10396 \(with all modifiers removed) is `+' or `-'.
10398 When adjusting with `0', immediately finish.
10400 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10401 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10402 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10403 will remove any scaling currently active.
10405 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10406 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10407 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10408 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10409 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10413 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode
"face-remap" "\
10414 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10415 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10416 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10417 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10418 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10422 (autoload 'buffer-face-set
"face-remap" "\
10423 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10424 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10425 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10426 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10427 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10428 `buffer-face-mode'.
10430 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10431 local, and sets it to FACE.
10433 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil
)
10435 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle
"face-remap" "\
10436 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10437 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10438 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10439 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10440 `face' text property.
10442 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10443 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10444 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10445 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10447 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10448 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10450 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil
)
10452 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode
"face-remap" "\
10453 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10454 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10455 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10457 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10461 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10462 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10463 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (20566 63671
10465 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10467 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it
"feedmail" "\
10468 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10469 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10470 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10474 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
"feedmail" "\
10475 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10479 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt
"feedmail" "\
10480 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10481 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10482 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10484 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10486 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue
"feedmail" "\
10487 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10488 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10489 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10490 backup file names and the like).
10492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
10494 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder
"feedmail" "\
10495 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10496 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10497 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10498 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10499 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10500 internally by feedmail):
10502 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10503 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10504 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10505 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10507 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10508 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10509 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10510 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10511 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10513 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil
)
10517 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings ffap-guess-file-name-at-point dired-at-point
10518 ;;;;;; ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap"
10519 ;;;;;; "ffap.el" (20595 63909 923329 0))
10520 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10522 (autoload 'ffap-next
"ffap" "\
10523 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10524 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10525 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10526 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10527 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10528 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10530 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil
)
10532 (autoload 'find-file-at-point
"ffap" "\
10533 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10534 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10535 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10536 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10537 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10538 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10540 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil
)
10542 (defalias 'ffap
'find-file-at-point
)
10544 (autoload 'ffap-menu
"ffap" "\
10545 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10546 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10547 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10548 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10549 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10551 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil
)
10553 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse
"ffap" "\
10554 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10555 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10557 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10558 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10563 (autoload 'dired-at-point
"ffap" "\
10564 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10565 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10567 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil
)
10569 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point
"ffap" "\
10570 Try to get a file name at point.
10571 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10575 (autoload 'ffap-bindings
"ffap" "\
10576 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10582 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10583 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10584 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10585 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
10586 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10588 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory
"filecache" "\
10589 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10590 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10591 be added to the cache.
10593 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
10595 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list
"filecache" "\
10596 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10597 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10598 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10599 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10601 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
10603 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file
"filecache" "\
10604 Add FILE to the file cache.
10608 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find
"filecache" "\
10609 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10610 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10612 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil
)
10614 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate
"filecache" "\
10615 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10616 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10618 \(fn STRING)" t nil
)
10620 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively
"filecache" "\
10621 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10622 This function does not use any external programs.
10623 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10624 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10625 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10627 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil
)
10629 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete
"filecache" "\
10630 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10631 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10632 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10633 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10634 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10635 \(directories) is done.
10641 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10642 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10643 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10644 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10645 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (20355 10021
10647 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10649 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10650 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10652 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10653 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10654 Local Variables list.
10656 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10657 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10658 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10660 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
10662 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10663 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10665 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10667 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10668 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10670 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10671 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10674 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10675 then this function adds it.
10677 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
10679 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10680 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10682 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10684 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10685 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10687 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil
)
10689 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable
"files-x" "\
10690 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10692 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10694 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals
"files-x" "\
10695 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10699 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
"files-x" "\
10700 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10704 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line
"files-x" "\
10705 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10711 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (20614
10712 ;;;;;; 54428 654267 0))
10713 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10715 (autoload 'filesets-init
"filesets" "\
10716 Filesets initialization.
10717 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10723 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (20355 10021
10725 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10727 (autoload 'find-cmd
"find-cmd" "\
10728 Initiate the building of a find command.
10731 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10732 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10734 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10736 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10737 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10739 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil
)
10743 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired) "find-dired"
10744 ;;;;;; "find-dired.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
10745 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10747 (autoload 'find-dired
"find-dired" "\
10748 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10749 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10751 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10753 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10754 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10756 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil
)
10758 (autoload 'find-name-dired
"find-dired" "\
10759 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10760 and run dired on those files.
10761 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10762 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10764 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10766 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil
)
10768 (autoload 'find-grep-dired
"find-dired" "\
10769 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10770 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10772 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10773 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10775 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10776 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10778 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil
)
10782 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10783 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file ff-special-constructs)
10784 ;;;;;; "find-file" "find-file.el" (20387 44199 24128 0))
10785 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10787 (defvar ff-special-constructs
`((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil
(buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10788 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10789 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10790 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10791 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10792 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10793 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10795 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs
"find-file" t
)
10797 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file
"find-file" "\
10798 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10799 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10801 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10803 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil
)
10805 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file
'ff-find-other-file
)
10807 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file
"find-file" "\
10808 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10809 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10811 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10812 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10814 Variables of interest include:
10816 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10817 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10818 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10820 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10821 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10822 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10824 - `ff-ignore-include'
10825 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10827 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10828 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10831 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10833 - `ff-special-constructs'
10834 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10835 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10836 extracting the filename from that construct.
10838 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10839 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10841 - `ff-search-directories'
10842 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10843 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10845 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10846 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10848 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10849 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10851 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10852 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10854 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10855 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10857 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10858 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10860 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil
)
10862 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file
"find-file" "\
10863 Visit the file you click on.
10865 \(fn EVENT)" t nil
)
10867 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window
"find-file" "\
10868 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10870 \(fn EVENT)" t nil
)
10874 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10875 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10876 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10877 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10878 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10879 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10880 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (20497 6436 957082 0))
10881 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10883 (autoload 'find-library
"find-func" "\
10884 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10885 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10887 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil
)
10889 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol
"find-func" "\
10890 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10891 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10892 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10894 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10895 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10896 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10897 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10899 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil
)
10901 (autoload 'find-function-noselect
"find-func" "\
10902 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10904 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10905 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10906 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10907 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10909 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10910 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10911 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10913 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10914 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10917 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil
)
10919 (autoload 'find-function
"find-func" "\
10920 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10922 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10923 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10924 places point before the definition.
10925 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10927 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10928 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10929 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10931 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10933 (autoload 'find-function-other-window
"find-func" "\
10934 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10936 See `find-function' for more details.
10938 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10940 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame
"find-func" "\
10941 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10943 See `find-function' for more details.
10945 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
10947 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect
"find-func" "\
10948 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10950 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10951 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10952 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10954 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10955 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10957 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil
)
10959 (autoload 'find-variable
"find-func" "\
10960 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10962 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10963 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10964 places point before the definition.
10966 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10968 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10969 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10970 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10972 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10974 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window
"find-func" "\
10975 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10977 See `find-variable' for more details.
10979 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10981 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame
"find-func" "\
10982 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10984 See `find-variable' for more details.
10986 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil
)
10988 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect
"find-func" "\
10989 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10990 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10991 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10992 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10993 buffer nor display it.
10995 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10996 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10998 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil
)
11000 (autoload 'find-face-definition
"find-func" "\
11001 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11003 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11004 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11005 places point before the definition.
11007 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11009 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11010 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11011 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11015 (autoload 'find-function-on-key
"find-func" "\
11016 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11017 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11021 (autoload 'find-function-at-point
"find-func" "\
11022 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11026 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point
"find-func" "\
11027 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11031 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys
"find-func" "\
11032 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11038 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11039 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (20355 10021
11041 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11043 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired
"find-lisp" "\
11044 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11046 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil
)
11048 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
"find-lisp" "\
11049 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11053 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter
"find-lisp" "\
11054 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11056 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil
)
11060 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11061 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
11062 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11064 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords
"finder" "\
11065 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11069 (autoload 'finder-commentary
"finder" "\
11070 Display FILE's commentary section.
11071 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11075 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword
"finder" "\
11076 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11082 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11083 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
11084 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11086 (autoload 'enable-flow-control
"flow-ctrl" "\
11087 Toggle flow control handling.
11088 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11089 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11091 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil
)
11093 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on
"flow-ctrl" "\
11094 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11095 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11096 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11097 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11098 to get the effect of a C-q.
11100 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil
)
11104 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11105 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
11106 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11108 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode
"flow-fill" "\
11111 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil
)
11113 (autoload 'fill-flowed
"flow-fill" "\
11116 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil
)
11120 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-find-file-hook flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on
11121 ;;;;;; flymake-mode) "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (20611 52135
11123 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11125 (autoload 'flymake-mode
"flymake" "\
11126 Toggle on-the-fly syntax checking.
11127 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11128 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11129 if ARG is omitted or nil.
11131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11133 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on
"flymake" "\
11134 Turn flymake mode on.
11138 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off
"flymake" "\
11139 Turn flymake mode off.
11143 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook
"flymake" "\
11150 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11151 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11152 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
11153 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11155 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode
"flyspell" "\
11156 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11159 (defvar flyspell-mode nil
"Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11161 (autoload 'flyspell-mode
"flyspell" "\
11162 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11163 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11164 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11165 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11167 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11168 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11169 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11172 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11173 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11174 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11175 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11178 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11181 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11182 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11183 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11185 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11187 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11190 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11191 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11195 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell
"flyspell" "\
11196 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11200 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell
"flyspell" "\
11201 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11205 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off
"flyspell" "\
11206 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11210 (autoload 'flyspell-region
"flyspell" "\
11211 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11213 \(fn BEG END)" t nil
)
11215 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer
"flyspell" "\
11216 Flyspell whole buffer.
11222 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11223 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11224 ;;;;;; (20501 3499 284800 0))
11225 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11227 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode
"follow" "\
11228 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11232 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode
"follow" "\
11233 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11237 (autoload 'follow-mode
"follow" "\
11238 Toggle Follow mode.
11239 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11240 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11241 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11243 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11244 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11246 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11247 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11248 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11250 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11251 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11252 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11255 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11256 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11257 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11258 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11259 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11262 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11263 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11265 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11267 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11269 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11270 \\{follow-mode-map}
11272 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11274 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split
"follow" "\
11275 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11277 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11278 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11279 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11280 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11281 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11282 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11284 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11285 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11286 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11292 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (20478
11293 ;;;;;; 3673 653810 0))
11294 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11296 (autoload 'footnote-mode
"footnote" "\
11297 Toggle Footnote mode.
11298 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11299 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11300 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11302 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11303 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11304 play around with the following keys:
11305 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11307 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11311 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11312 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (20427 14766 970343 0))
11313 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11315 (autoload 'forms-mode
"forms" "\
11316 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11318 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11319 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11320 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11321 C-c < forms-first-record <
11322 C-c > forms-last-record >
11323 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11324 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11325 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11326 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11327 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11328 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11329 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11330 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11331 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11332 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11334 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil
)
11336 (autoload 'forms-find-file
"forms" "\
11337 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11341 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window
"forms" "\
11342 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11348 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11349 ;;;;;; (20438 24024 724594 589000))
11350 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11352 (autoload 'fortran-mode
"fortran" "\
11353 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11354 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11356 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11357 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11359 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11362 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11364 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11366 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11367 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11368 `fortran-do-indent'
11369 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11370 `fortran-if-indent'
11371 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11372 `fortran-structure-indent'
11373 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11375 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11376 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11377 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11378 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11379 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11380 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11381 nil don't change the indentation
11382 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11384 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11385 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11386 depending on the continuation format in use.
11387 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11388 indentation for a line of code.
11390 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11391 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11392 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11393 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11394 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11395 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11396 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11397 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11398 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11399 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11401 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11402 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11403 statements (default nil).
11404 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11405 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11406 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11407 `fortran-continuation-string'
11408 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11409 line (default \"$\").
11410 `fortran-comment-region'
11411 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11412 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11413 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11414 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11415 as typed (default t).
11416 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11417 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11419 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11420 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11426 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11427 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (20355 10021
11429 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11431 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune
"fortune" "\
11432 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11434 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11435 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11437 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil
)
11439 (autoload 'fortune-from-region
"fortune" "\
11440 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11442 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11443 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11445 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil
)
11447 (autoload 'fortune-compile
"fortune" "\
11448 Compile fortune file.
11450 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11451 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11453 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
11455 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature
"fortune" "\
11456 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11458 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11459 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11460 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11461 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11463 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
11465 (autoload 'fortune
"fortune" "\
11466 Display a fortune cookie.
11467 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11468 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11469 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11470 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11472 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil
)
11476 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
11477 ;;;;;; (20609 10405 476026 0))
11478 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11480 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil
"\
11481 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11482 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11484 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug
"gdb-mi" nil
)
11486 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug
"gdb-mi" "\
11487 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11488 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11489 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11490 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11491 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11492 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11496 (autoload 'gdb
"gdb-mi" "\
11497 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11498 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11499 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11501 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11502 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11503 executable followed by command-line options. The command-line
11504 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11505 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11507 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11508 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11509 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11510 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11512 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11513 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11514 shown in some of the buffers.
11516 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11518 The following commands help control operation :
11520 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11521 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11523 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11524 detailed description of this mode.
11527 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11529 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11530 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11534 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11535 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11536 | | (comint-mode) |
11543 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11544 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11545 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11546 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11547 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11548 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11550 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
11554 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11555 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (20406
11556 ;;;;;; 8611 875037 0))
11557 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11559 (defvar generic-mode-list nil
"\
11560 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11561 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11562 instead (which see).")
11564 (autoload 'define-generic-mode
"generic" "\
11565 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11567 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11568 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11569 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11570 documentation string instead.
11572 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11573 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11574 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11575 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11576 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11577 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11578 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11579 enders are actually possible.
11581 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11582 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11584 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11585 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11586 `font-lock-keywords'.
11588 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11589 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11590 runs the macro expansion.
11592 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11593 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11594 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11596 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11598 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t
)
11600 (put 'define-generic-mode
'lisp-indent-function
'1)
11602 (put 'define-generic-mode
'doc-string-elt
'7)
11604 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal
"generic" "\
11605 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11607 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil
)
11609 (autoload 'generic-mode
"generic" "\
11610 Enter generic mode MODE.
11612 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11613 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11614 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11616 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11617 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11621 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list
"generic" "\
11622 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11623 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11624 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11625 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11626 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11627 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11628 `font-lock-keywords'.
11630 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil
)
11634 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11635 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
11636 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11638 (autoload 'glasses-mode
"glasses" "\
11639 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11640 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11641 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11642 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11643 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11649 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11650 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11651 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
11652 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11654 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat
"gmm-utils" "\
11655 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11656 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11658 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil
)
11660 (autoload 'gmm-message
"gmm-utils" "\
11661 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11663 Guideline for numbers:
11665 3 - non-serious error messages
11666 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11667 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11668 9 - messages inside loops.
11670 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
11672 (autoload 'gmm-error
"gmm-utils" "\
11673 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11674 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11676 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
11678 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p
"gmm-utils" "\
11679 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11681 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
11683 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list
"gmm-utils" "\
11684 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11686 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11687 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11688 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11689 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11690 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11691 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11693 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11694 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11695 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11696 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11697 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11699 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11701 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil
)
11705 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11706 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (20552 30761
11708 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11709 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload
)
11710 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method
"gnus"))
11712 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server
"gnus" "\
11713 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11715 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11717 (autoload 'gnus-no-server
"gnus" "\
11719 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11720 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11721 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11722 name of an NNTP server to use.
11723 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11726 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil
)
11728 (autoload 'gnus-slave
"gnus" "\
11729 Read news as a slave.
11731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11733 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame
"gnus" "\
11734 Pop up a frame to read news.
11735 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11736 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11737 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11738 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11739 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11740 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11741 current display is used.
11743 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil
)
11745 (autoload 'gnus
"gnus" "\
11747 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11748 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11749 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11751 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil
)
11755 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11756 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11757 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11758 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11759 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11760 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (20518 12580 46478 0))
11761 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11763 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11764 Start Gnus unplugged.
11768 (autoload 'gnus-plugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11769 Start Gnus plugged.
11773 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged
"gnus-agent" "\
11774 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
11778 (autoload 'gnus-agentize
"gnus-agent" "\
11779 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11781 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11782 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11783 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11785 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11786 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11787 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11791 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc
"gnus-agent" "\
11792 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11796 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group
"gnus-agent" "\
11797 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11798 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11799 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11800 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11803 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil
)
11805 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group
"gnus-agent" "\
11806 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11807 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11808 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11809 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11812 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil
)
11814 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list
"gnus-agent" "\
11815 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11819 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
"gnus-agent" "\
11820 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11821 downloaded into the agent.
11823 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil
)
11825 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter
"gnus-agent" "\
11826 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11827 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11828 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11830 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
11832 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch
"gnus-agent" "\
11833 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11837 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch
"gnus-agent" "\
11838 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11842 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate
"gnus-agent" "\
11843 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11844 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11846 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil
)
11850 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11851 ;;;;;; (20578 54821 719276 0))
11852 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11854 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display
"gnus-art" "\
11855 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11861 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11862 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (20355 10021 546955
11864 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11866 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11867 Set a bookmark for this article.
11871 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11872 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11874 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil
)
11876 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list
"gnus-bookmark" "\
11877 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11878 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11879 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11880 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11886 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11887 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11888 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (20355
11889 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
11890 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11892 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache
"gnus-cache" "\
11893 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11896 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11900 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active
"gnus-cache" "\
11901 Generate the cache active file.
11903 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil
)
11905 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases
"gnus-cache" "\
11906 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11910 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group
"gnus-cache" "\
11911 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11912 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11913 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11914 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11917 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil
)
11919 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group
"gnus-cache" "\
11920 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11921 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11922 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11923 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11926 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil
)
11930 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11931 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
11932 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11934 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article
"gnus-delay" "\
11935 Delay this article by some time.
11936 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11938 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11939 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11941 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11942 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11944 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11945 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11947 \(fn DELAY)" t nil
)
11949 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue
"gnus-delay" "\
11950 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11954 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize
"gnus-delay" "\
11955 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11956 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11957 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11959 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11960 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11962 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil
)
11966 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11967 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
11968 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11970 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d
"gnus-diary" "\
11973 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil
)
11975 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D
"gnus-diary" "\
11978 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil
)
11982 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11983 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
11984 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11986 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode
"gnus-dired" "\
11987 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11993 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11994 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
11995 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11997 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder
"gnus-draft" "\
11998 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12004 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12005 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12006 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (20549
12007 ;;;;;; 54573 979353 0))
12008 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12010 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face
"gnus-fun" "\
12011 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12015 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
"gnus-fun" "\
12016 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12020 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file
"gnus-fun" "\
12021 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12023 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12024 different input formats.
12028 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file
"gnus-fun" "\
12029 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12031 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12032 different input formats.
12036 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png
"gnus-fun" "\
12037 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12038 The PNG is returned as a string.
12040 \(fn FACE)" nil nil
)
12042 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face
"gnus-fun" "\
12043 Convert FILE to a Face.
12044 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12047 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
12051 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
12052 ;;;;;; "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (20355 10021 546955
12054 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12056 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar
"gnus-gravatar" "\
12057 Display gravatar in the From header.
12058 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12060 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
12062 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar
"gnus-gravatar" "\
12063 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12064 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12066 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
12070 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12071 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (20553 51627 169867 0))
12072 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12074 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group
"gnus-group" "\
12075 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12076 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12077 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12079 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil
)
12081 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame
"gnus-group" "\
12082 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12084 \(fn GROUP)" t nil
)
12088 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
12089 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
12090 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12092 (autoload 'gnus-article-html
"gnus-html" "\
12095 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil
)
12097 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images
"gnus-html" "\
12100 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil
)
12104 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12105 ;;;;;; (20495 51111 757560 0))
12106 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12108 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill
'gnus-batch-score
)
12110 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score
"gnus-kill" "\
12111 Run batched scoring.
12112 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12118 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12119 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12120 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
12121 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12123 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode
"gnus-ml" "\
12128 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
"gnus-ml" "\
12129 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12130 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12132 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil
)
12134 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode
"gnus-ml" "\
12135 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12137 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12139 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12143 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12144 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12145 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
12146 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12148 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup
"gnus-mlspl" "\
12149 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12150 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12151 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12154 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12155 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12156 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12157 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12159 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12160 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12161 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12162 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12163 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12164 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12165 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12166 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12167 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12168 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12170 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil
)
12172 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update
"gnus-mlspl" "\
12173 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12174 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12177 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12178 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12180 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil
)
12182 (autoload 'gnus-group-split
"gnus-mlspl" "\
12183 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12184 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12186 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12190 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy
"gnus-mlspl" "\
12191 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12192 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12194 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12196 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12197 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12198 existing groups are considered.
12200 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12201 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12204 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12205 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12206 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12207 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12208 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12209 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12210 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12211 clauses will be generated.
12213 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12214 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12215 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12216 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12217 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12218 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12220 For example, given the following group parameters:
12223 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12224 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12226 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12227 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12228 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12229 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12231 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12233 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12235 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12237 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12238 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12241 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil
)
12245 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12246 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (20593 22184 581574 0))
12247 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12249 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail
"gnus-msg" "\
12250 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12251 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12252 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12253 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12256 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil
)
12258 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto
"gnus-msg" "\
12261 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil
)
12263 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply
"gnus-msg" "\
12264 Like `message-reply'.
12266 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil
)
12268 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent
'gnus-msg-mail
'message-send-and-exit
'message-kill-buffer
'message-send-hook
)
12272 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-notifications) "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12273 ;;;;;; (20593 22184 581574 0))
12274 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12276 (autoload 'gnus-notifications
"gnus-notifications" "\
12277 Send a notification on new message.
12278 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12279 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12280 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12282 This is typically a function to add in
12283 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12289 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12290 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12291 ;;;;;; (20523 62082 997685 0))
12292 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12294 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
12295 Display picons in the From header.
12296 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12300 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
12301 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12302 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12306 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon
"gnus-picon" "\
12307 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12308 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12314 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12315 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12316 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12317 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12318 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (20544 36659 880486 0))
12319 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12321 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference
"gnus-range" "\
12322 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12323 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12324 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12326 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12328 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference
"gnus-range" "\
12329 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12330 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12333 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12335 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement
"gnus-range" "\
12336 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12337 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12339 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12341 (autoload 'gnus-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
12344 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12346 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
12347 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12348 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12350 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12352 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection
"gnus-range" "\
12353 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12354 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12356 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil
)
12358 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection
'gnus-sorted-nintersection
)
12360 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection
"gnus-range" "\
12361 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12362 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12364 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12366 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union
"gnus-range" "\
12367 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12368 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12370 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12372 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion
"gnus-range" "\
12373 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12374 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12376 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil
)
12378 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list
"gnus-range" "\
12379 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12381 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil
)
12385 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12386 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (20544 36659 880486
12388 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12390 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize
"gnus-registry" "\
12391 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12395 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks
"gnus-registry" "\
12396 Install the registry hooks.
12402 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12403 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (20355
12404 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
12405 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12407 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update
"gnus-sieve" "\
12408 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12409 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12410 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12411 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12412 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12416 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate
"gnus-sieve" "\
12417 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12418 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12419 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12420 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12424 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule
"gnus-sieve" "\
12431 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12432 ;;;;;; (20458 56750 651721 0))
12433 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12435 (autoload 'gnus-update-format
"gnus-spec" "\
12436 Update the format specification near point.
12442 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
12443 ;;;;;; (20614 54428 654267 0))
12444 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12446 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend
"gnus-start" "\
12447 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12449 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil
)
12453 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
12454 ;;;;;; (20540 39589 424586 0))
12455 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12457 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump
"gnus-sum" "\
12458 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12459 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12461 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil
)
12465 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
12466 ;;;;;; "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (20593 22184 581574 0))
12467 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12469 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize
"gnus-sync" "\
12470 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12474 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks
"gnus-sync" "\
12475 Install the sync hooks.
12481 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12482 ;;;;;; (20447 49522 409090 0))
12483 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12485 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration
"gnus-win" "\
12486 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12488 \(fn CONF)" nil nil
)
12492 ;;;### (autoloads (gnutls-min-prime-bits) "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el"
12493 ;;;;;; (20476 31768 298871 0))
12494 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12496 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits
256 "\
12497 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12498 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12499 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12500 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12501 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12503 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12505 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits
"gnutls" t
)
12509 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (20626 19492
12511 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12513 (autoload 'gomoku
"gomoku" "\
12514 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12516 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12517 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12518 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12520 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12521 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12522 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12524 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12525 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12527 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12528 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12530 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12532 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil
)
12536 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12537 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (20566
12538 ;;;;;; 63671 243798 0))
12539 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12541 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse
'goto-address-at-point
"22.1")
12543 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point
"goto-addr" "\
12544 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12545 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12546 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12547 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12549 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil
)
12551 (autoload 'goto-address
"goto-addr" "\
12552 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12553 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12555 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12556 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12558 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12559 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12562 (put 'goto-address
'safe-local-eval-function t
)
12564 (autoload 'goto-address-mode
"goto-addr" "\
12565 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12566 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12567 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12568 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12572 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode
"goto-addr" "\
12573 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12575 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12579 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve-synchronously gravatar-retrieve)
12580 ;;;;;; "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
12581 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12583 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve
"gravatar" "\
12584 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12585 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12587 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil
)
12589 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously
"gravatar" "\
12590 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12592 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil
)
12596 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12597 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12598 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (20572 16038
12600 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12602 (defvar grep-window-height nil
"\
12603 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12605 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height
"grep" t
)
12607 (defvar grep-command nil
"\
12608 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12609 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12610 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12611 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12613 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12614 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12615 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12617 (custom-autoload 'grep-command
"grep" nil
)
12619 (defvar grep-find-command nil
"\
12620 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12621 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12622 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12623 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12625 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command
"grep" nil
)
12627 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil
"\
12628 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12630 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook
"grep" t
)
12632 (defconst grep-regexp-alist
'(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil
(when grep-highlight-matches
(let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg
) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end
'font-lock-face
'match
))) (when mbeg
(- mbeg beg
))))) lambda nil
(when grep-highlight-matches
(let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg
) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end
'font-lock-face
'match
)) (mend (and mbeg
(next-single-property-change mbeg
'font-lock-face nil end
)))) (when mend
(- mend beg
)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil
0 1)) "\
12633 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12635 (defvar grep-program
(purecopy "grep") "\
12636 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12637 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12639 (defvar find-program
(purecopy "find") "\
12640 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12641 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12643 (defvar xargs-program
(purecopy "xargs") "\
12644 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12645 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12646 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12648 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil
"\
12649 How to invoke find and grep.
12650 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12651 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12652 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12653 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12655 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12657 (defvar grep-history nil
"\
12658 History list for grep.")
12660 (defvar grep-find-history nil
"\
12661 History list for grep-find.")
12663 (autoload 'grep-process-setup
"grep" "\
12664 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12665 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12669 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults
"grep" "\
12674 (autoload 'grep-mode
"grep" "\
12675 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12679 (autoload 'grep
"grep" "\
12680 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12681 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12682 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12683 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12685 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12686 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12688 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12689 can easily repeat a grep command.
12691 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12692 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12693 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12696 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil
)
12698 (autoload 'grep-find
"grep" "\
12699 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12700 Collect output in a buffer.
12701 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12702 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12704 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12705 easily repeat a find command.
12707 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil
)
12709 (defalias 'find-grep
'grep-find
)
12711 (autoload 'lgrep
"grep" "\
12712 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12713 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12714 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12715 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12717 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12718 before it is executed.
12719 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12721 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12722 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12723 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12725 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12727 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil
)
12729 (autoload 'rgrep
"grep" "\
12730 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12731 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12732 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12733 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12735 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12736 before it is executed.
12737 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12739 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12740 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12741 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12742 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12744 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12746 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12747 to specify a command to run.
12749 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil
)
12751 (autoload 'zrgrep
"grep" "\
12752 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12753 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12754 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12756 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil
)
12758 (defalias 'rzgrep
'zrgrep
)
12762 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (20355 10021 546955
12764 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12766 (autoload 'gs-load-image
"gs" "\
12767 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12768 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12769 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12770 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12772 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil
)
12776 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12777 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (20614 55343
12778 ;;;;;; 384716 548000))
12779 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12781 (autoload 'gud-gdb
"gud" "\
12782 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12783 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12784 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12786 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12788 (autoload 'sdb
"gud" "\
12789 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12790 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12791 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12793 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12795 (autoload 'dbx
"gud" "\
12796 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12797 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12798 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12800 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12802 (autoload 'xdb
"gud" "\
12803 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12804 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12805 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12807 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12808 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12810 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12812 (autoload 'perldb
"gud" "\
12813 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12814 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12815 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12817 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12819 (autoload 'pdb
"gud" "\
12820 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12821 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12822 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12824 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12826 (autoload 'jdb
"gud" "\
12827 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12828 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12829 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12830 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12832 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12833 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12834 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12835 original source file access method.
12837 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12838 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12840 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil
)
12842 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode
"gud" "\
12843 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12847 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil
"\
12848 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12849 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12850 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12851 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12852 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12854 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode
"gud" nil
)
12856 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode
"gud" "\
12857 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12858 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12859 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12860 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
12866 ;;;### (autoloads (setf gv-define-simple-setter gv-define-setter
12867 ;;;;;; gv--defun-declaration gv-define-expander gv-letplace gv-get)
12868 ;;;;;; "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (20608 20265 413008 0))
12869 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12871 (autoload 'gv-get
"gv" "\
12872 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12873 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12874 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12875 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12876 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12877 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12879 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12881 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil
)
12883 (autoload 'gv-letplace
"gv" "\
12884 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12885 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12887 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12888 and new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12889 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12891 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12892 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12894 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t
)
12896 (put 'gv-letplace
'lisp-indent-function
'2)
12898 (autoload 'gv-define-expander
"gv" "\
12899 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12900 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12901 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12902 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12904 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t
)
12906 (put 'gv-define-expander
'lisp-indent-function
'1)
12908 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration
"gv" "\
12911 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil
)
12913 (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration
'gv-expander
)) defun-declarations-alist
)
12915 (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration
'gv-setter
)) defun-declarations-alist
)
12917 (autoload 'gv-define-setter
"gv" "\
12918 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12919 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12920 well for simple place forms.
12921 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12922 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12923 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12924 The first arg in ARLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12925 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12926 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12927 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12929 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t
)
12931 (put 'gv-define-setter
'lisp-indent-function
'2)
12933 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter
"gv" "\
12934 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12935 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12936 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12937 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12938 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12939 instead the assignment is turned into (prog1 VAL (SETTER ARGS... VAL))
12940 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12942 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t
)
12944 (autoload 'setf
"gv" "\
12945 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12946 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12947 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12948 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12949 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12951 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t
)
12953 (put 'gv-place
'edebug-form-spec
'edebug-match-form
)
12957 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (20566
12958 ;;;;;; 63671 243798 0))
12959 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12961 (autoload 'handwrite
"handwrite" "\
12962 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12963 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12964 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12966 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12967 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12968 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12969 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12975 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12976 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
12977 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12979 (autoload 'hanoi
"hanoi" "\
12980 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12982 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil
)
12984 (autoload 'hanoi-unix
"hanoi" "\
12985 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12986 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12987 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12989 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12993 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64
"hanoi" "\
12994 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12995 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12996 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13003 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
13004 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
13005 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
13006 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13008 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment
"hashcash" "\
13009 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13013 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async
"hashcash" "\
13014 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13015 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13019 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment
"hashcash" "\
13020 Verify a hashcash payment
13022 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil
)
13024 (autoload 'mail-add-payment
"hashcash" "\
13025 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13026 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13027 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13028 `mail-add-payment-async').
13030 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil
)
13032 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async
"hashcash" "\
13033 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13034 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13035 Calculation is asynchronous.
13037 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13039 (autoload 'mail-check-payment
"hashcash" "\
13040 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13041 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13043 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13047 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
13048 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
13049 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
13050 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (20355 10021
13052 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13054 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string
"help-at-pt" "\
13055 Return the help-echo string at point.
13056 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13057 property, or nil, is returned.
13058 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13059 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13060 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13062 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil
)
13064 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string
"help-at-pt" "\
13065 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13066 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13067 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13068 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13072 (autoload 'display-local-help
"help-at-pt" "\
13073 Display local help in the echo area.
13074 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13075 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13076 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13079 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13080 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13081 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13085 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer
"help-at-pt" "\
13086 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13087 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13091 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer
"help-at-pt" "\
13092 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13093 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13097 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle
'never
"\
13098 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13099 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13100 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13101 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13102 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13103 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13104 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13105 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13106 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13107 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13109 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13110 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13111 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13112 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13113 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13115 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13116 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13117 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13118 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13119 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13120 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13121 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13122 The default is `never'.")
13124 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle
"help-at-pt" nil
)
13126 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region
"help-at-pt" "\
13127 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13128 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13129 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13130 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13131 considered different regions.
13133 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13134 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13135 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13136 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13137 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13138 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13139 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13140 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13141 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13143 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil
)
13145 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region
"help-at-pt" "\
13146 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13147 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13148 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13151 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13152 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13153 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13154 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13155 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13156 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13157 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13158 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13160 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13161 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13162 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13163 rarely happens in practice.
13165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13167 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region
"help-at-pt" "\
13168 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13169 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13170 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13171 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13172 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13178 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
13179 ;;;;;; describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
13180 ;;;;;; find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
13181 ;;;;;; "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (20601 16294 451653 0))
13182 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13184 (autoload 'describe-function
"help-fns" "\
13185 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13187 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil
)
13189 (autoload 'help-C-file-name
"help-fns" "\
13190 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13191 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13193 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil
)
13195 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name
"help-fns" "\
13196 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13197 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13198 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13199 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13200 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13201 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13202 search for a function definition.
13204 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13205 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13206 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13207 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13208 suitable file is found, return nil.
13210 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil
)
13212 (autoload 'describe-function-1
"help-fns" "\
13215 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil
)
13217 (autoload 'variable-at-point
"help-fns" "\
13218 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13219 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13220 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13222 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil
)
13224 (autoload 'describe-variable
"help-fns" "\
13225 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13226 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13227 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13228 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13229 it is displayed along with the global value.
13231 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil
)
13233 (autoload 'describe-syntax
"help-fns" "\
13234 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13235 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13236 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13238 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
13240 (autoload 'describe-categories
"help-fns" "\
13241 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13242 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13243 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13244 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13246 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
13248 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man
"help-fns" "\
13249 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13253 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info
"help-fns" "\
13254 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13260 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13261 ;;;;;; (20589 25124 41923 0))
13262 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13264 (defvar three-step-help nil
"\
13265 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13266 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13267 window listing and describing the options.
13268 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13269 gives the window that lists the options.")
13271 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help
"help-macro" t
)
13275 ;;;### (autoloads (help-bookmark-jump help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button
13276 ;;;;;; help-xref-button help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref
13277 ;;;;;; help-mode-finish help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el"
13278 ;;;;;; (20601 16294 451653 0))
13279 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13281 (autoload 'help-mode
"help-mode" "\
13282 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13283 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13289 (autoload 'help-mode-setup
"help-mode" "\
13294 (autoload 'help-mode-finish
"help-mode" "\
13299 (autoload 'help-setup-xref
"help-mode" "\
13300 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13302 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13303 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13304 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13305 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13307 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13308 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13309 restore it properly when going back.
13311 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil
)
13313 (autoload 'help-buffer
"help-mode" "\
13314 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13315 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13316 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13318 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13319 it does not already exist.
13323 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs
"help-mode" "\
13324 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13326 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13327 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13328 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13329 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13330 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13331 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13332 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13333 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13335 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13336 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13337 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13338 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13340 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13341 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13344 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
13346 (autoload 'help-xref-button
"help-mode" "\
13347 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13348 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13349 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13350 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13351 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13353 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
13355 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button
"help-mode" "\
13356 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13357 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13358 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13359 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13361 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
13363 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp
"help-mode" "\
13364 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13366 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil
)
13368 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump
"help-mode" "\
13369 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13370 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13371 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13373 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil
)
13377 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13378 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
13379 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13381 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings
"helper" "\
13382 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13386 (autoload 'Helper-help
"helper" "\
13387 Provide help for current mode.
13393 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13394 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (20523 62082 997685 0))
13395 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13397 (autoload 'hexl-mode
"hexl" "\
13398 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13399 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13400 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13401 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13403 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13404 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13406 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13407 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13408 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13409 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits) and as their ASCII values.
13411 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13412 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13415 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13420 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13421 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13422 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13423 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13424 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13425 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13426 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13427 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13428 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13429 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13430 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13431 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13432 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13433 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13434 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13436 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13437 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13438 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13440 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13443 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13445 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13446 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13447 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13449 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13450 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13451 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13453 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13454 into the buffer at the current point.
13456 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13457 into the buffer at the current point.
13459 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13460 into the buffer at the current point.
13462 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13464 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13465 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13467 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13469 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13471 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13473 (autoload 'hexl-find-file
"hexl" "\
13474 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13475 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13476 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13478 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
13480 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer
"hexl" "\
13481 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13482 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13488 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13489 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13490 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13491 ;;;;;; (20593 22184 581574 0))
13492 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13494 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" "\
13495 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13496 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13497 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13498 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13500 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13501 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13502 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13503 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13505 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13506 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13507 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13508 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13510 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13511 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13512 which can be called interactively, are:
13514 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13515 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13517 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13518 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13519 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13520 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13522 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13523 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13525 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13526 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13528 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13529 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13530 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13531 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13532 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13533 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13534 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13535 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13536 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13537 function returns t.
13539 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13540 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13542 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13543 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13547 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13548 position (number of characters into buffer)
13549 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13550 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13551 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13555 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil
"\
13556 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13557 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13558 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13559 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13560 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13562 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" nil
)
13564 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode
"hi-lock" "\
13565 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13566 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13567 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13568 ARG is omitted or nil.
13570 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13571 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13572 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13576 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp
'hi-lock-line-face-buffer
)
13578 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
13579 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13580 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE, using a buffer-local
13581 history list for REGEXP and a global history list for FACE.
13583 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13584 highlight REGEXP. If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13585 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13586 updated as you type.
13588 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
13590 (defalias 'highlight-regexp
'hi-lock-face-buffer
)
13592 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
13593 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13594 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE, using a buffer-local
13595 history list for REGEXP and a global history list for FACE.
13597 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13598 highlight REGEXP. If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13599 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13600 updated as you type.
13602 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
13604 (defalias 'highlight-phrase
'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer
)
13606 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
13607 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13608 If called interactively, replaces whitespace in REGEXP with
13609 arbitrary whitespace and makes initial lower-case letters case-insensitive.
13611 If Font Lock mode is enabled in the buffer, it is used to
13612 highlight REGEXP. If Font Lock mode is disabled, overlays are
13613 used for highlighting; in this case, the highlighting will not be
13614 updated as you type.
13616 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil
)
13618 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp
'hi-lock-unface-buffer
)
13620 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer
"hi-lock" "\
13621 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13622 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13623 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13625 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil
)
13627 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns
"hi-lock" "\
13628 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13630 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13631 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13632 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13638 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13639 ;;;;;; (20588 4262 531841 0))
13640 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13642 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode
"hideif" "\
13643 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13644 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13645 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13646 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13648 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13649 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13650 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13651 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13654 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13655 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13658 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13659 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13660 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13661 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13662 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13665 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13666 #endif lines when hiding.
13668 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13669 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13672 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13673 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13674 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13676 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13682 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13683 ;;;;;; (20566 63671 243798 0))
13684 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13686 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (c++-mode
"{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil
) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil
))) "\
13687 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13688 Each element has the form
13689 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13691 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13692 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13694 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13695 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13697 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13698 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13699 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13700 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13701 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13702 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13704 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13705 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13707 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13708 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13710 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13711 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13712 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13714 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode
"hideshow" "\
13715 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13716 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13717 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13718 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13720 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13721 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13722 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13724 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13725 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13726 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13728 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13729 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13731 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13734 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13736 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13738 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow
"hideshow" "\
13739 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13745 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13746 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13747 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13748 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13749 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (20355
13750 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
13751 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13753 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
13754 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13755 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13756 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13757 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13759 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13760 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13761 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles
13764 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13765 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13766 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13767 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13768 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13769 through various faces.
13770 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13771 buffer with the contents of a file
13772 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13774 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13776 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
13777 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13778 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13779 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13780 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13782 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13783 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13784 in a distinctive face.
13786 The default value can be customized with variable
13787 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13789 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13791 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13793 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight
"hilit-chg" "\
13794 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13795 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13797 \(fn BEG END)" t nil
)
13799 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change
"hilit-chg" "\
13800 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13804 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change
"hilit-chg" "\
13805 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13809 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces
"hilit-chg" "\
13810 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13812 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13813 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13814 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13815 shown in the last face in the list.
13817 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13818 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13819 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13821 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13825 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers
"hilit-chg" "\
13826 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13828 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13830 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13833 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13834 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13836 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13837 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13838 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13840 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil
)
13842 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file
"hilit-chg" "\
13843 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13845 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13846 this function is called interactively.
13848 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13849 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13850 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13852 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13853 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13854 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13856 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil
)
13858 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil
"\
13859 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13860 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13861 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13862 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13863 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13865 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" nil
)
13867 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode
"hilit-chg" "\
13868 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13869 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13870 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13871 ARG is omitted or nil.
13873 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13874 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13875 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13877 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13881 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand) "hippie-exp"
13882 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (20584 7212 455152 0))
13883 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13885 (autoload 'hippie-expand
"hippie-exp" "\
13886 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13887 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13888 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13889 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13891 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13892 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13893 undoes the expansion.
13897 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function
"hippie-exp" "\
13898 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13899 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13900 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13902 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t
)
13906 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13907 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
13908 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13910 (autoload 'hl-line-mode
"hl-line" "\
13911 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13912 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13913 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13914 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13916 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13917 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13918 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13919 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13920 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13921 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13923 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13924 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13925 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13926 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13928 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13930 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil
"\
13931 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13932 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13933 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13934 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13935 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13937 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode
"hl-line" nil
)
13939 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode
"hl-line" "\
13940 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13941 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13942 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13943 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13945 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13946 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13949 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13950 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13952 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
13956 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13957 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13958 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13959 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13960 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
13961 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13963 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays
'holiday-general-holidays
"23.1")
13965 (defvar holiday-general-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -
1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13966 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13967 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13969 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13971 (put 'holiday-general-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13973 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays
'holiday-oriental-holidays
"23.1")
13975 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13977 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13979 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13981 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13983 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays
'holiday-local-holidays
"23.1")
13985 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil
"\
13987 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13989 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays
"holidays" t
)
13991 (put 'holiday-local-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
13993 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays
'holiday-other-holidays
"23.1")
13995 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil
"\
13996 User defined holidays.
13997 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13999 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays
"holidays" t
)
14001 (put 'holiday-other-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14003 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) year
) (calendar-increment-month m y -
1) (setq year
(calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
1 y
))))) (if (zerop (%
(1+ year
) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14004 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14006 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1
'risky-local-variable t
)
14008 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month
28 displayed-year
)))))) (if (= 6 (%
(calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year
)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14009 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14011 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2
'risky-local-variable t
)
14013 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y
1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
(calendar-last-day-of-month m y
) y
)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (%
(calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year
)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year
))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year
)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s
))) day
) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14014 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14016 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3
'risky-local-variable t
)
14018 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(let* ((m displayed-month
) (y displayed-year
) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -
1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m
1 y
))))))) (= 21 (% year
28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14019 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14021 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4
'risky-local-variable t
)
14023 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays
'holiday-hebrew-holidays
"23.1")
14025 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14027 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14029 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays
"holidays" t
)
14031 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14033 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays
'holiday-christian-holidays
"23.1")
14035 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14036 Christian holidays.
14037 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14039 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays
"holidays" t
)
14041 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14043 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays
'holiday-islamic-holidays
"23.1")
14045 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14047 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14049 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays
"holidays" t
)
14051 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14053 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays
'holiday-bahai-holidays
"23.1")
14055 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag
(append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14057 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14059 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays
"holidays" t
)
14061 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14063 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays
'holiday-solar-holidays
"23.1")
14065 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays
(mapcar 'purecopy
'((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts
(format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time
(float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name
))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends
(format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time
(float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name
))))) "\
14066 Sun-related holidays.
14067 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14069 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays
"holidays" t
)
14071 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14073 (put 'calendar-holidays
'risky-local-variable t
)
14075 (autoload 'holidays
"holidays" "\
14076 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14077 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14078 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14082 (autoload 'list-holidays
"holidays" "\
14083 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14084 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14085 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14086 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14088 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14089 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14091 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14092 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14094 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14095 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14096 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14097 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14100 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14102 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil
)
14104 (defalias 'holiday-list
'list-holidays
)
14108 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (20355
14109 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
14110 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14112 (autoload 'html2text
"html2text" "\
14113 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14119 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
14120 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (20614 54428 654267 0))
14121 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14123 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer
"htmlfontify" "\
14124 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14125 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14126 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14129 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14130 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14133 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14134 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14136 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14137 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14138 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14140 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil
)
14142 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir
"htmlfontify" "\
14143 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14144 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14146 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14148 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil
)
14152 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14153 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (20478
14154 ;;;;;; 3673 653810 0))
14155 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14157 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column
"ibuf-macs" "\
14158 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14160 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14161 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14162 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14164 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14165 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14166 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14167 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14168 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14169 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14171 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14172 title of the column.
14174 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14175 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14176 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14177 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14178 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14180 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
14182 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter
"ibuf-macs" "\
14183 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14184 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14185 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14186 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14188 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14189 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14190 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14192 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
14194 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op
"ibuf-macs" "\
14195 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14196 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14197 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14198 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14199 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14201 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14202 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14203 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14204 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14205 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14206 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14207 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14208 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14210 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14211 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14212 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14213 buffer's modification flag.
14214 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14215 prompted before performing this operation.
14216 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14217 operation is complete, in the form:
14218 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14219 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14220 confirmation message, in the form:
14221 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14222 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14223 macro for exactly what it does.
14225 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
14227 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter
"ibuf-macs" "\
14228 Define a filter named NAME.
14229 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14230 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14231 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14233 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14234 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14235 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14236 bound to the current value of the filter.
14238 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil
(quote macro
))
14242 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14243 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (20576 13312 649004 817000))
14244 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14246 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers
"ibuffer" "\
14247 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14248 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14249 buffers which are visiting a file.
14251 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil
)
14253 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window
"ibuffer" "\
14254 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14255 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14256 buffers which are visiting a file.
14258 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil
)
14260 (autoload 'ibuffer
"ibuffer" "\
14261 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14262 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14264 All arguments are optional.
14265 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14266 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14267 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14268 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14269 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14270 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14271 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14272 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14273 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14274 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14275 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14276 that value locally in this buffer.
14278 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil
)
14282 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14283 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14284 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (20593 22184 581574 0))
14285 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14287 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file
"icalendar" "\
14288 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14289 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14290 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14292 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil
)
14294 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region
"icalendar" "\
14295 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14296 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14297 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14299 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14300 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14301 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14303 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil
)
14305 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file
"icalendar" "\
14306 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14307 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14308 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14309 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14310 non-marking or not.
14312 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil
)
14314 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer
"icalendar" "\
14315 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14317 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14318 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14321 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14322 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14323 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14325 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14328 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14329 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14330 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14332 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil
)
14336 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (20453
14337 ;;;;;; 5437 764254 0))
14338 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14340 (defvar icomplete-mode nil
"\
14341 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14342 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14343 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14344 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14345 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14347 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode
"icomplete" nil
)
14349 (autoload 'icomplete-mode
"icomplete" "\
14350 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14351 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14352 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14353 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14355 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14359 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (20355 10021
14361 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14363 (autoload 'icon-mode
"icon" "\
14364 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14365 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14366 Tab indents for Icon code.
14367 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14368 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14370 Variables controlling indentation style:
14371 icon-tab-always-indent
14372 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14373 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14375 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14376 inserted in Icon code.
14378 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14379 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14380 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14381 icon-continued-statement-offset
14382 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14383 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14384 icon-continued-brace-offset
14385 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14386 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14388 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14389 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14390 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14391 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14393 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14394 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14400 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14401 ;;;;;; (20572 16038 402143 0))
14402 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14404 (autoload 'idlwave-shell
"idlw-shell" "\
14405 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14406 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14407 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14409 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14410 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14413 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14414 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14416 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14417 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14418 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14420 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14422 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil
)
14426 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14427 ;;;;;; (20576 42138 697312 0))
14428 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14430 (autoload 'idlwave-mode
"idlwave" "\
14431 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14433 The main features of this mode are
14435 1. Indentation and Formatting
14436 --------------------------
14437 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14438 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14440 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14441 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14442 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14443 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14445 Comments are indented as follows:
14447 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14448 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14449 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14451 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14453 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14454 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14455 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14456 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14457 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14458 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14460 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14461 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14462 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14463 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14467 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14468 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14469 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14470 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14471 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14472 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14473 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14474 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14475 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14476 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14481 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14482 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14483 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14484 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14488 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14489 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14490 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14491 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14492 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14495 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14496 --------------------------------
14497 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14498 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14500 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14501 \\fu FUNCTION template
14502 \\c CASE statement template
14503 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14504 \\f FOR loop template
14505 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14506 \\w WHILE loop template
14507 \\i IF statement template
14508 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14511 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14512 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14514 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14515 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14516 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14517 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14519 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14520 -------------------------
14521 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14522 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14524 7. Automatic END completion
14525 ------------------------
14526 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14527 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14531 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14532 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14534 9. Documentation and Customization
14535 -------------------------------
14536 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14537 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14538 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14539 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14540 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14544 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14545 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14546 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14548 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14554 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14555 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14556 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14557 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14558 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14559 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14560 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14561 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (20590
14562 ;;;;;; 45996 129575 0))
14563 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14565 (defvar ido-mode nil
"\
14566 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14567 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14568 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14570 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14571 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14572 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14574 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14575 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14577 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode
"ido" nil
)
14579 (autoload 'ido-mode
"ido" "\
14580 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14581 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14582 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14583 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14584 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14585 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14586 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14587 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14591 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer
"ido" "\
14592 Switch to another buffer.
14593 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14594 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14597 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14598 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14599 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14600 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14601 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14603 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14604 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14606 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14608 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14609 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14610 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14611 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14612 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14613 in a separate window.
14614 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14615 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14616 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14617 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14618 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14619 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14620 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14621 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14622 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14626 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window
"ido" "\
14627 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14628 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14629 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14633 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer
"ido" "\
14634 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14635 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14636 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14640 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer
"ido" "\
14642 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14643 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14647 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer
"ido" "\
14648 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14649 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14650 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14654 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
"ido" "\
14655 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14656 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14657 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14661 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir
"ido" "\
14662 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14666 (autoload 'ido-find-file
"ido" "\
14667 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14668 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14669 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14670 visible in another frame.
14672 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14673 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14674 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14675 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14676 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14677 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14679 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14680 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14682 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14684 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14685 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14686 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14687 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14688 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14689 in a separate window.
14690 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14691 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14692 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14693 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14694 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14695 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14696 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14697 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14698 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14699 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14700 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14701 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14702 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14703 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14704 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14708 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window
"ido" "\
14709 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14710 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14711 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14715 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file
"ido" "\
14716 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14717 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14718 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14722 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only
"ido" "\
14723 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14724 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14725 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14729 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
"ido" "\
14730 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14731 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14732 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14736 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
"ido" "\
14737 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14738 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14739 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14743 (autoload 'ido-display-file
"ido" "\
14744 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14745 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14746 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14750 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame
"ido" "\
14751 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14752 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14753 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14757 (autoload 'ido-write-file
"ido" "\
14758 Write current buffer to a file.
14759 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14760 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14764 (autoload 'ido-insert-file
"ido" "\
14765 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14766 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14767 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14771 (autoload 'ido-dired
"ido" "\
14772 Call `dired' the ido way.
14773 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14774 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14778 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer
"ido" "\
14779 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14780 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14781 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14782 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14783 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14785 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil
)
14787 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name
"ido" "\
14788 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14789 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14790 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14792 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil
)
14794 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name
"ido" "\
14795 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14796 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14797 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14799 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil
)
14801 (autoload 'ido-completing-read
"ido" "\
14802 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14803 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14804 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14805 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14806 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14807 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14808 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14809 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14810 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14811 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14812 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14813 with point positioned at the end.
14814 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14815 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14817 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil
)
14821 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
14822 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14824 (autoload 'ielm
"ielm" "\
14825 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14826 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14832 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (20355 10021
14834 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14836 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode
'iimage-mode
"24.1")
14838 (autoload 'iimage-mode
"iimage" "\
14839 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14840 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14841 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14842 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14843 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
14849 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types defimage find-image
14850 ;;;;;; remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image put-image
14851 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14852 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14853 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14854 ;;;;;; (20613 59417 195100 163000))
14855 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14857 (autoload 'image-type-from-data
"image" "\
14858 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14859 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14862 \(fn DATA)" nil nil
)
14864 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer
"image" "\
14865 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14866 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14871 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header
"image" "\
14872 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14873 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14876 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
14878 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name
"image" "\
14879 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14880 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14883 \(fn FILE)" nil nil
)
14885 (autoload 'image-type
"image" "\
14886 Determine and return image type.
14887 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14888 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14889 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14890 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14891 use its file extension as image type.
14892 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14894 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil
)
14896 (autoload 'image-type-available-p
"image" "\
14897 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14898 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14900 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil
)
14902 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p
"image" "\
14903 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14904 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14906 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14907 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14908 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14909 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14914 (autoload 'create-image
"image" "\
14916 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14917 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14918 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14919 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14920 use its file extension as image type.
14921 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14922 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14923 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14924 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14926 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14928 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14929 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14930 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14932 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil
)
14934 (autoload 'put-image
"image" "\
14935 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14936 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14937 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14938 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14939 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14940 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14941 POS may be an integer or marker.
14942 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14943 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14944 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14945 means display it in the right marginal area.
14947 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil
)
14949 (autoload 'insert-image
"image" "\
14950 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14951 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14952 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14953 defaults to the empty string if you omit it.
14954 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14955 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14956 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14957 means display it in the right marginal area.
14958 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14959 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14960 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14961 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14962 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14964 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil
)
14966 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image
"image" "\
14967 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14968 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14969 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14970 defaulted if you omit it.
14971 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14972 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14973 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14974 means display it in the right marginal area.
14975 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14977 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil
)
14979 (autoload 'remove-images
"image" "\
14980 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14981 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14982 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14984 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil
)
14986 (autoload 'find-image
"image" "\
14987 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14989 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14991 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14992 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14993 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14994 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14995 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14996 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14997 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14998 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15001 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15003 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15005 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil
)
15007 (autoload 'defimage
"image" "\
15008 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15010 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15011 documentation string.
15013 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15014 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15015 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15016 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15017 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15018 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15019 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15024 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15025 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15027 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t
)
15029 (put 'defimage
'doc-string-elt
'3)
15031 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types
"image" "\
15032 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15033 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15034 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15036 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15037 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15038 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15039 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15041 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15047 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15048 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15049 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15050 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15051 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15052 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15053 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
15054 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (20478 3673 653810 0))
15055 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15057 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs
"image-dired" "\
15058 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15059 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15060 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15061 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15062 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15064 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15066 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration
"image-dired" "\
15067 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15069 Convenience command that:
15071 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15072 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15073 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15075 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15076 image files in dired and type
15077 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15079 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15081 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15082 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15084 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15086 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs
"image-dired" "\
15087 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15088 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15089 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15090 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15093 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15094 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15095 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15097 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15098 instead of erasing it first.
15100 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15101 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15102 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15103 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15104 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15105 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15107 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil
)
15109 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
"image-dired" "\
15110 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15111 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15112 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15117 (defalias 'image-dired
'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
)
15119 (defalias 'tumme
'image-dired-show-all-from-dir
)
15121 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files
"image-dired" "\
15122 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15126 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag
"image-dired" "\
15127 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15128 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15132 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer
"image-dired" "\
15133 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15137 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
"image-dired" "\
15138 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15139 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15140 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15144 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append
"image-dired" "\
15145 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15149 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb
"image-dired" "\
15150 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15154 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external
"image-dired" "\
15155 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15159 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image
"image-dired" "\
15160 Display current image file.
15161 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15162 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15166 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files
"image-dired" "\
15167 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15171 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files
"image-dired" "\
15172 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15173 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15174 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15175 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15176 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15177 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15181 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags
"image-dired" "\
15182 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15183 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15190 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15191 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15192 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
15193 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15195 (defvar image-file-name-extensions
(purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15196 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15197 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15198 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15200 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15201 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15202 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15203 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15205 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions
"image-file" nil
)
15207 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil
"\
15208 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15209 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15210 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15212 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15213 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15214 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15215 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15217 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps
"image-file" nil
)
15219 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp
"image-file" "\
15220 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15224 (autoload 'insert-image-file
"image-file" "\
15225 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15226 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15227 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15229 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil
)
15231 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil
"\
15232 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15233 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15234 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15235 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15236 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15238 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode
"image-file" nil
)
15240 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode
"image-file" "\
15241 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15242 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15243 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15244 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15246 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15247 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15248 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15250 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15254 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
15255 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (20580 10161 446444
15257 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15259 (autoload 'image-mode
"image-mode" "\
15260 Major mode for image files.
15261 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15262 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15266 (autoload 'image-minor-mode
"image-mode" "\
15267 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15268 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15269 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15270 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15272 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15273 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
15278 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text
"image-mode" "\
15279 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15280 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15281 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15282 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15283 to display an image file as the actual image.
15285 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15286 to display an image file as text initially.
15288 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15293 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump
"image-mode" "\
15296 \(fn BMK)" nil nil
)
15300 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15301 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (20622 22438 32851
15303 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15305 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil
"\
15306 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15308 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15310 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15311 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15314 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15316 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15317 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15318 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15320 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function
"imenu" t
)
15322 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil
"\
15323 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15324 Each element of this list should have the form
15326 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15328 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15329 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15330 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15332 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15333 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15334 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15335 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15337 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15338 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15340 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15341 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15342 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15345 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15346 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15347 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15349 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15350 create a buffer index.
15352 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15353 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15354 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15355 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15356 (put 'imenu-generic-expression
'risky-local-variable t
)
15358 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression
)
15360 (defvar imenu-create-index-function
'imenu-default-create-index-function
"\
15361 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15363 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15364 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15365 called within a `save-excursion'.
15367 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15369 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function
)
15371 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function
'beginning-of-defun
"\
15372 Function for finding the next index position.
15374 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15375 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15376 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15379 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15380 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15382 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function
)
15384 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil
"\
15385 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15387 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15388 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15389 It should return the name for that index item.")
15391 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function
)
15393 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil
"\
15394 Function to compare string with index item.
15396 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15397 non-nil if they match.
15399 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15400 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15401 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15402 arguments match\".")
15404 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function
)
15406 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function
'imenu-default-goto-function
"\
15407 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15408 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15410 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function
)
15411 (put 'imenu--index-alist
'risky-local-variable t
)
15413 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist
)
15415 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search
)
15417 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar
"imenu" "\
15418 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15419 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15420 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15424 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index
"imenu" "\
15425 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15427 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15431 (autoload 'imenu
"imenu" "\
15432 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15433 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15434 for more information.
15436 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil
)
15440 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15441 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15442 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
15443 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15445 (autoload 'indian-compose-region
"ind-util" "\
15446 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15448 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
15450 (autoload 'indian-compose-string
"ind-util" "\
15453 \(fn STRING)" nil nil
)
15455 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion
"ind-util" "\
15458 \(fn LEN)" nil nil
)
15460 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
"ind-util" "\
15463 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil
)
15465 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region
"ind-util" "\
15466 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15468 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
15472 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
15473 ;;;;;; (20584 7212 455152 0))
15474 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15476 (autoload 'inferior-lisp
"inf-lisp" "\
15477 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15478 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15480 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15481 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15482 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15483 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15487 (defalias 'run-lisp
'inferior-lisp
)
15491 ;;;### (autoloads (info-display-manual Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser
15492 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
15493 ;;;;;; Info-mode info-finder info-apropos Info-index Info-directory
15494 ;;;;;; Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-bug info-emacs-manual
15495 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (20623 43301 870757
15497 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15499 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list
(let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns
) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory
))) (if (file-directory-p dir
) dir
))) configure-info-directory
))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc
(mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx
"info/")) suffixes
))) (prune-directory-list dirs
))) prefixes
))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs
) (nconc standard-info-dirs
(list config-dir
)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs
)))) (if (not (eq system-type
'windows-nt
)) dirs
(let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory
)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir
)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir
))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1
) (append dirs
(list dir1
))) ((file-exists-p dir2
) (append dirs
(list dir2
))) (t dirs
))))) "\
15500 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15501 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15502 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15503 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15504 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15505 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15506 first in this list.
15508 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15509 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15510 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15511 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15512 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15514 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15515 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15516 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize
(quote custom-initialize-delay
) :type
(quote (repeat directory
)) :group
(quote info
))
15518 (autoload 'info-other-window
"info" "\
15519 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15521 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil
)
15522 (put 'info
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
15524 (autoload 'info
"info" "\
15525 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15526 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15527 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15528 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15529 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15530 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15531 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15532 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15533 with the top-level Info directory.
15535 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15536 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15537 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15538 appended to the Info buffer name.
15540 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15541 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15542 in all the directories in that path.
15544 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15546 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil
)
15548 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual
"info" "\
15549 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15553 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug
"info" "\
15554 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15558 (autoload 'info-standalone
"info" "\
15559 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15560 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15561 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15565 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer
"info" "\
15566 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15567 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15568 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15570 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil
)
15572 (autoload 'Info-directory
"info" "\
15573 Go to the Info directory node.
15577 (autoload 'Info-index
"info" "\
15578 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15579 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15580 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15581 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15582 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15584 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil
)
15586 (autoload 'info-apropos
"info" "\
15587 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15588 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15590 \(fn STRING)" t nil
)
15592 (autoload 'info-finder
"info" "\
15593 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15594 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15595 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15596 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15598 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil
)
15600 (autoload 'Info-mode
"info" "\
15601 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15602 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15603 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15604 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15606 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15607 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15609 Selecting other nodes:
15610 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15611 Follow a node reference you click on.
15612 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15613 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15614 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15615 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15616 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15617 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15618 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15619 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15620 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15621 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15622 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15623 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15624 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15625 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15626 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15627 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15628 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15629 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15630 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15631 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15633 Moving within a node:
15634 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15635 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15636 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15637 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15638 move up to the parent node.
15639 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15640 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15642 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15645 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15646 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15647 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15648 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15649 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15650 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15651 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15652 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15653 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15654 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15655 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15656 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15657 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15658 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15659 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15660 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15663 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
15665 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node
"info" "\
15666 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15667 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15668 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15669 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15670 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15672 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil
)
15673 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
'info-file
(purecopy "emacs"))
15675 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
"info" "\
15676 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15678 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15679 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15680 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15681 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15685 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser
"info" "\
15686 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15687 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15691 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump
"info" "\
15692 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15693 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15695 \(fn BMK)" nil nil
)
15697 (autoload 'info-display-manual
"info" "\
15698 Go to Info buffer that displays MANUAL, creating it if none already exists.
15700 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil
)
15704 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15705 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15706 ;;;;;; (20474 44971 970015 0))
15707 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15709 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset
"info-look" "\
15710 Throw away all cached data.
15711 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15712 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15716 (put 'info-lookup-symbol
'info-file
"emacs")
15718 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol
"info-look" "\
15719 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15720 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15721 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15722 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15723 one found at point.
15725 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15727 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15728 (put 'info-lookup-file
'info-file
"emacs")
15730 (autoload 'info-lookup-file
"info-look" "\
15731 Display the documentation of a file.
15732 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15733 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15734 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15735 The default file name is the one found at point.
15737 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15739 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15741 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol
"info-look" "\
15742 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15744 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15746 (autoload 'info-complete-file
"info-look" "\
15747 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15749 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil
)
15753 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-docstrings info-xref-check-all-custom
15754 ;;;;;; info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el"
15755 ;;;;;; (20476 31768 298871 0))
15756 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15758 (autoload 'info-xref-check
"info-xref" "\
15759 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15760 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15761 current info file is the default.
15763 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15764 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15765 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15766 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15767 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15769 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15770 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15771 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15772 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15773 mistake in the reference.
15775 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15776 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15777 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15779 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15780 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15781 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15782 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15784 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil
)
15786 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all
"info-xref" "\
15787 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15788 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15789 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15792 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15793 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15794 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15795 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15796 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15797 should be harmless.
15801 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom
"info-xref" "\
15802 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15803 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15804 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15806 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15807 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15808 and can take a long time.
15812 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings
"info-xref" "\
15813 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15814 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15816 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15818 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15819 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15821 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15822 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15823 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15824 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15827 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15828 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15829 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15830 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15833 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil
)
15837 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15838 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (20355 10021 546955
15840 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15842 (autoload 'Info-tagify
"informat" "\
15843 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15845 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil
)
15847 (defvar Info-split-threshold
262144 "\
15848 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15850 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold
"informat" t
)
15852 (autoload 'Info-split
"informat" "\
15853 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15854 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15855 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15857 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15858 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15859 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15861 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15862 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15863 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15864 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15868 (autoload 'Info-validate
"informat" "\
15869 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15870 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15874 (autoload 'batch-info-validate
"informat" "\
15875 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15876 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15877 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15878 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15884 ;;;### (autoloads (inversion-require-emacs) "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el"
15885 ;;;;;; (20590 45996 129575 0))
15886 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15888 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs
"inversion" "\
15889 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15890 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15892 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil
)
15896 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15897 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15898 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
15899 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15901 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method
"isearch-x" "\
15902 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15906 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method
"isearch-x" "\
15907 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15911 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters
"isearch-x" "\
15914 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil
)
15918 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (20355
15919 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
15920 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15922 (autoload 'isearchb-activate
"isearchb" "\
15923 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15924 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15925 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15926 accessed via isearchb.
15932 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15933 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15934 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15935 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
15936 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15938 (autoload 'iso-spanish
"iso-cvt" "\
15939 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15940 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15941 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15942 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15944 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15946 (autoload 'iso-german
"iso-cvt" "\
15947 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15948 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15949 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15950 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15952 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15954 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex
"iso-cvt" "\
15955 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15956 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15957 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15958 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15960 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15962 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
15963 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15964 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15965 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15966 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15968 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15970 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
15971 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15972 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15973 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15974 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15976 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15978 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex
"iso-cvt" "\
15979 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15980 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15981 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15982 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15984 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15986 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden
"iso-cvt" "\
15987 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15988 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15989 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15990 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15992 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
15994 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml
"iso-cvt" "\
15995 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15996 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15997 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15999 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
16001 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso
"iso-cvt" "\
16002 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16003 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16004 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16006 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil
)
16008 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only
"iso-cvt" "\
16009 Warn that format is read-only.
16011 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil
)
16013 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only
"iso-cvt" "\
16014 Warn that format is write-only.
16016 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil
)
16018 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu
"iso-cvt" "\
16019 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16025 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16026 ;;;;;; (20486 36135 22104 0))
16027 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16028 (define-key key-translation-map
"\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map
)
16029 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map
"iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t
'keymap
)
16033 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16034 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16035 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16036 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
16037 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (20601 16294 451653 0))
16038 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16040 (put 'ispell-check-comments
'safe-local-variable
(lambda (a) (memq a
'(nil t exclusive
))))
16042 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil
"\
16043 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16044 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16045 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16046 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16048 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary
"ispell" t
)
16050 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary
'safe-local-variable
'string-or-null-p
)
16052 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil
"\
16053 Key map for ispell menu.")
16055 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil
"\
16056 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16057 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16058 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16060 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed
(and (not ispell-menu-map
) (not (featurep 'xemacs
)) 'reload
))
16062 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (setq ispell-menu-map
(make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-change-dictionary
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary
:help
,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-kill-ispell
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil
(interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil
'clear
)) :enable
(and (boundp 'ispell-process
) ispell-process
(eq (ispell-process-status) 'run
)) :help
,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-pdict-save
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil
(interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t
)) :help
,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-customize
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil
(interactive) (customize-group 'ispell
)) :help
,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-help
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil
(interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help
)) :help
,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[flyspell-mode
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode
:help
,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button
(:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode
))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-complete-word
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word
:help
,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
:help
,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16064 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-continue
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue
:enable
(and (boundp 'ispell-region-end
) (marker-position ispell-region-end
) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end
) (current-buffer))) :help
,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-word
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-comments-and-strings
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16066 (if ispell-menu-map-needed
(progn (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-region
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region
:enable mark-active
:help
,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-message
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message
:visible
(eq major-mode
'mail-mode
) :help
,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map
[ispell-buffer
] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer
:help
,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map
(symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map
))))
16068 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist
`((ispell-words-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line
) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line
) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \
, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \
, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \
, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \
, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16069 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16070 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16071 Valid forms include:
16072 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16073 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16074 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16075 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16077 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists
(purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end
2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end
0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end
) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" .
"\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end
0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end
2) ("program" .
"\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" .
"\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16078 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16079 First list is used raw.
16080 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16082 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16083 for skipping in latex mode.")
16085 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists
'(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16086 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16087 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16088 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16089 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16090 (put 'ispell-local-pdict
'safe-local-variable
'stringp
)
16091 (define-key esc-map
"$" 'ispell-word
)
16093 (autoload 'ispell-word
"ispell" "\
16094 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16095 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16096 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16098 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16099 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16100 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16101 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16102 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16104 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16105 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16107 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16108 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16110 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16111 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16113 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16114 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16117 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16118 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16119 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16120 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16121 quit spell session exited.
16123 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil
)
16125 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save
"ispell" "\
16126 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16127 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16129 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil
)
16131 (autoload 'ispell-help
"ispell" "\
16132 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16136 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16137 SPC: Accept word this time.
16138 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16139 `a': Accept word for this session.
16140 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16141 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16142 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16143 `?': Show these commands.
16144 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16145 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16146 the aborted check to be completed later.
16147 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16148 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16149 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16150 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16151 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16152 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16153 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16157 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell
"ispell" "\
16158 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16159 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16160 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16162 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil
)
16164 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary
"ispell" "\
16165 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16166 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16167 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16169 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16171 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil
)
16173 (autoload 'ispell-region
"ispell" "\
16174 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16175 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16176 amount for last line processed.
16178 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil
)
16180 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings
"ispell" "\
16181 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16185 (autoload 'ispell-buffer
"ispell" "\
16186 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16190 (autoload 'ispell-continue
"ispell" "\
16191 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16195 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word
"ispell" "\
16196 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16197 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16198 sequence inside of a word.
16200 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16202 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil
)
16204 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
"ispell" "\
16205 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16209 (autoload 'ispell
"ispell" "\
16210 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16211 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16212 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16214 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16215 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16216 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16217 available on the net.
16221 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode
"ispell" "\
16222 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16223 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16224 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16225 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16227 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16228 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16231 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16232 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16235 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16236 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16238 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
16240 (autoload 'ispell-message
"ispell" "\
16241 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16242 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16243 Don't check included messages.
16245 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16246 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16247 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16249 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16251 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16252 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16253 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16254 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16256 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16257 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16258 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16264 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (20577
16265 ;;;;;; 33959 40183 0))
16266 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16268 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil
"\
16269 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16270 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16271 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16272 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16273 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16275 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode
"iswitchb" nil
)
16277 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode
"iswitchb" "\
16278 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16279 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16280 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16281 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16283 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16284 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
16286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil
)
16290 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16291 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16292 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16293 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (20355 10021 546955
16295 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16297 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal
"japan-util" "\
16302 (autoload 'japanese-katakana
"japan-util" "\
16303 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16304 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16305 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16306 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16307 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16308 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16309 necessary to represent OBJ.
16311 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil
)
16313 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana
"japan-util" "\
16314 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16315 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16316 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16318 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil
)
16320 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku
"japan-util" "\
16321 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16322 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16323 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16324 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16326 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil
)
16328 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku
"japan-util" "\
16329 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16330 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16331 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16333 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil
)
16335 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region
"japan-util" "\
16336 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16337 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16338 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16340 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil
)
16342 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region
"japan-util" "\
16343 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16345 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
16347 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region
"japan-util" "\
16348 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16349 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16350 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16351 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16353 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil
)
16355 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region
"japan-util" "\
16356 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16357 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16358 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16359 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16361 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil
)
16363 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string
"japan-util" "\
16364 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16365 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16367 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil
)
16371 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16372 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
16373 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16375 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil
"\
16376 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16377 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16378 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16380 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler
"jka-compr" "\
16383 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil
)
16385 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall
"jka-compr" "\
16386 Uninstall jka-compr.
16387 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16388 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16389 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16395 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (20532 45476 981297
16397 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16399 (autoload 'js-mode
"js" "\
16400 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16404 (defalias 'javascript-mode
'js-mode
)
16408 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16409 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16410 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
16411 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16413 (defvar keypad-setup nil
"\
16414 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16415 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16416 decimal key must be specified.")
16418 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup
"keypad" nil
)
16420 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil
"\
16421 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16422 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16423 decimal key must be specified.")
16425 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup
"keypad" nil
)
16427 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil
"\
16428 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16429 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16430 decimal key must be specified.")
16432 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup
"keypad" nil
)
16434 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil
"\
16435 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16436 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16437 decimal key must be specified.")
16439 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup
"keypad" nil
)
16441 (autoload 'keypad-setup
"keypad" "\
16442 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16443 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16444 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16445 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16449 -------------------------------------------------------------
16450 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16451 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16452 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16453 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16454 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16455 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16456 in the global and local keymaps.
16458 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16459 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16461 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil
)
16465 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16466 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
16467 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16469 (autoload 'kinsoku
"kinsoku" "\
16470 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16471 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16473 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16474 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16475 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16476 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16479 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16480 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16481 the context of text formatting.
16483 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil
)
16487 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (20355
16488 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
16489 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16491 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil
"\
16492 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16493 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16494 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16495 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16496 positions that contains the current selection.")
16498 (autoload 'kkc-region
"kkc" "\
16499 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16500 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16501 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16502 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16503 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16504 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16506 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil
)
16510 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16511 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16512 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16513 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (20471 22929 875294 592000))
16514 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16515 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro
)
16516 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro
)
16517 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro
)
16518 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16519 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16520 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16521 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16523 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16524 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16526 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16528 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16529 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16530 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16531 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16532 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16534 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16536 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16537 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16538 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16540 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16541 defining the macro.
16543 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16544 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16545 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16547 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16548 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16552 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16553 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16554 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16555 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16556 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16559 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16560 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16561 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16565 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16566 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16567 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16569 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16570 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16571 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16572 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16574 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16575 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16577 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16579 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16580 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16581 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16583 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16586 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16587 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16589 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16590 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16591 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16593 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16594 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16598 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16599 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16600 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16601 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16603 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16605 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16606 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16607 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16608 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16610 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16611 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16613 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16615 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16616 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16617 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16619 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16623 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16624 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (20501 3499 284800 0))
16625 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16627 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16628 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16629 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16631 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16638 ;;;### (autoloads (landmark landmark-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16639 ;;;;;; (20545 57511 257469 0))
16640 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16642 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16644 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16645 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16649 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16650 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16651 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16652 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16654 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16655 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16656 none / 1 | yes | no
16661 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16662 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16663 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16669 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16670 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16671 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
16672 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16674 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16677 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16679 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16680 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16681 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16682 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16683 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16684 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16686 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16687 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16689 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16691 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16692 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16694 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16696 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16699 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16701 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16704 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16708 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16709 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16710 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (20355 10021 546955
16712 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16714 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16715 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16716 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16717 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16719 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16721 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16722 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16723 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16725 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16727 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16728 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16729 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16733 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16734 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16735 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16736 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16738 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16742 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16743 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (20577 33959
16745 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16747 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16748 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16749 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16750 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16751 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16752 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16753 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16754 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16756 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16757 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16759 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16760 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16762 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16764 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16765 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16766 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16767 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16768 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16769 `latin1-display-setup'.
16771 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16773 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16774 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16775 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16776 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16778 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16779 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16781 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16785 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16786 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
16787 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16789 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16790 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16796 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (20545 57511 257469
16798 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16800 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16801 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16802 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16803 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16804 generations (this defaults to 1).
16806 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16810 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode) "linum" "linum.el"
16811 ;;;;;; (20580 10161 446444 0))
16812 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16814 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16815 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16816 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16817 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16818 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16820 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16824 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16825 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16826 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16827 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16828 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16829 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16831 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16833 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16834 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16835 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16836 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16837 ARG is omitted or nil.
16839 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16840 `linum-on' would do it.
16841 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16843 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16847 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (20476
16848 ;;;;;; 31768 298871 0))
16849 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16851 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16852 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16853 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16854 is nil, raise an error.
16856 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16857 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16858 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16859 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16860 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16861 defined by the library.
16863 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16864 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16865 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16866 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16867 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16870 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16871 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16872 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16873 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16875 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16879 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16880 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
16881 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16883 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16884 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16885 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16887 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16889 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16890 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16891 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16892 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16894 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16895 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16896 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16897 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16898 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16899 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16902 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16903 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16905 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16906 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16908 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16909 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16911 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16913 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16914 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16915 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16916 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16917 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16918 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16919 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16920 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16921 to constrain a big search.
16923 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16925 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16926 except that FILTER is not optional.
16928 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16932 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (20586 48936
16934 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16936 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16937 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16938 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16939 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16940 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16941 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16942 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16943 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16944 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16945 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16947 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16948 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16950 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16951 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16952 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16953 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16954 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16956 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16957 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16958 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16960 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16964 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (20515
16965 ;;;;;; 36389 544939 0))
16966 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16968 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16969 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16975 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (20355
16976 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
16977 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16979 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16980 Toggle Long Lines mode in this buffer.
16981 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Long Lines mode if ARG is
16982 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16983 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16985 When Long Lines mode is enabled, long lines are wrapped if they
16986 extend beyond `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line
16987 wrapping will not show up when the text is yanked or saved to
16990 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are
16991 automatically wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can
16992 always call `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16994 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard
16995 newlines are indicated with a symbol.
16997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17001 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17002 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (20476
17003 ;;;;;; 31768 298871 0))
17004 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17006 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17007 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17009 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17010 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17012 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17013 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17014 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17016 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17017 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17019 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17020 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17021 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17022 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17023 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17024 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17025 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17027 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17029 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17030 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17031 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17032 switch on this list.
17033 See `lpr-command'.")
17035 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17037 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17038 Name of program for printing a file.
17040 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17041 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17042 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17043 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17044 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17045 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17048 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17050 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17051 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17052 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17053 for customization of the printer command.
17057 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17058 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17060 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17061 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17062 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17063 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17065 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17066 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17068 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17069 for further customization of the printer command.
17073 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17074 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17075 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17076 for customization of the printer command.
17078 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17080 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17081 Paginate and print the region contents.
17083 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17084 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17085 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17086 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17088 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17089 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17091 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17092 for further customization of the printer command.
17094 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17098 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17099 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
17100 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17102 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17103 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17104 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17106 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17110 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (20566
17111 ;;;;;; 63671 243798 0))
17112 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17114 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17115 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17116 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17117 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17119 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17121 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17125 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (20355
17126 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
17127 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17129 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17130 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17136 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17137 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (20355 10021 546955
17139 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17141 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17142 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17143 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17144 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17145 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17147 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17149 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17150 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17151 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17152 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17154 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17155 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17156 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17157 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17160 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17161 use this command, and then save the file.
17163 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17165 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17166 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17167 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17168 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17169 each time the macro executes.
17170 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17171 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17172 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17173 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17174 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17175 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17176 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17180 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17181 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17182 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17183 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17185 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17186 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17187 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17190 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17191 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17193 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17194 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17195 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17196 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17197 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17199 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17202 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17203 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17204 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17206 You could enter the names in this format:
17212 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17215 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17218 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17219 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17221 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17222 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17226 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17227 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
17228 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17230 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17231 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17232 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17233 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17234 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17235 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17237 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17238 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17239 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17240 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17241 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17243 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17244 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17245 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17248 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17250 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17251 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17253 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17257 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17258 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17259 ;;;;;; (20566 63671 243798 0))
17260 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17262 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17263 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17267 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17272 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17273 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17275 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17277 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17278 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17279 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17282 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17288 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17289 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
17290 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-dont-reply-to-names mail-use-rfc822)
17291 ;;;;;; "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
17292 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17294 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17295 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17296 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17297 often correct parser.")
17299 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17301 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17302 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17303 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17304 a value which excludes your own email address.
17306 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17307 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17309 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17311 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17312 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17314 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17316 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17317 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17318 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17319 we return it unconverted.
17321 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17322 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17324 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17326 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17327 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17328 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17329 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17331 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17333 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17334 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17335 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17336 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17338 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17340 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17341 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17342 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17343 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17344 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17345 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17346 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17347 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17348 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17351 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17353 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17354 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17355 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17356 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17357 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17358 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17359 matches may be returned from the message body.
17361 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17365 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17366 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (20566
17367 ;;;;;; 63671 243798 0))
17368 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17370 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17371 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17372 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17373 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17374 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17375 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17377 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17379 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17380 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17381 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17382 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17383 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17385 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17386 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17387 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17388 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17390 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17392 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17393 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17397 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17398 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17399 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17401 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17403 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17404 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17405 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17407 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17408 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17409 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17412 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17416 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete mail-completion-at-point-function
17417 ;;;;;; define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases mail-complete-style)
17418 ;;;;;; "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (20577 33959 40183 0))
17419 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17421 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17422 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17423 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17425 If `parens', they look like:
17426 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17427 If `angles', they look like:
17428 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17430 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17432 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17433 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17434 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17435 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17436 their `Resent-' variants.
17438 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17439 removed from alias expansions.
17441 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17443 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17444 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17445 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17447 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17448 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17449 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17450 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17452 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17454 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17455 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17456 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17460 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17461 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17462 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17463 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17467 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function "24.1")
17471 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17472 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
17473 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17475 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17476 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17477 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17478 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17484 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17485 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17486 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (20392 30149 675975
17488 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17490 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17491 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17493 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17494 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17495 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17496 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17497 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17498 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17500 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17501 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17502 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17503 dependency, despite the colon.
17505 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17507 In the browser, use the following keys:
17509 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17511 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17513 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17514 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17516 `makefile-target-colon':
17517 The string that gets appended to all target names
17518 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17519 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17521 `makefile-macro-assign':
17522 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17523 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17524 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17525 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17526 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17527 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17529 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17530 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17531 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17533 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17534 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17536 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17537 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17538 up or down in the browser.
17540 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17541 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17543 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17544 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17546 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17547 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17548 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17549 has been selected in the browser.
17551 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17552 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17553 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17554 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17555 filenames are omitted.
17557 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17558 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17559 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17560 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17561 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17562 the backslash itself intact.
17563 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17564 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17566 `makefile-browser-hook':
17567 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17568 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17570 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17571 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17572 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17573 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17577 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17578 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17582 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17583 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17587 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17588 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17592 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17593 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17597 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17598 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17604 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (20355
17605 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
17606 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17608 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17609 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17610 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17616 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
17617 ;;;;;; (20523 62082 997685 0))
17618 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17620 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17622 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17623 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17624 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17625 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17626 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17627 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17628 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17629 page, it will display immediately.
17631 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17632 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17633 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17638 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17639 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17640 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17641 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17645 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17646 otherwise look like a page name.
17651 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17652 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17653 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17657 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17659 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17660 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17662 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17664 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17665 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17667 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17671 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (20355 10021
17673 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17675 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17676 Toggle Master mode.
17677 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17678 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17679 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17681 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17682 using the following commands:
17684 \\{master-mode-map}
17686 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17687 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17688 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17690 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17694 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17695 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
17696 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17698 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17699 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17700 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17701 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17702 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17703 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17705 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17707 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17708 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17709 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17710 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17711 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17713 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17714 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17715 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17716 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17722 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17723 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17724 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17725 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17726 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17727 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17728 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (20567 23165 75548 0))
17729 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17731 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17733 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17734 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17735 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17736 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17737 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17738 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17739 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17740 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17741 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17742 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17743 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17744 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17745 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17746 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17747 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17748 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17749 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17750 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17751 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17752 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17753 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17754 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17755 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17756 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17757 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17758 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17759 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17760 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17761 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17762 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17763 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17764 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17765 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17766 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17767 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17768 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17769 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17770 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17774 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17775 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17776 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17777 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17778 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17780 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17782 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17783 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17785 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17787 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17788 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17790 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17792 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17793 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17795 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17797 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17798 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17799 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17801 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17803 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17804 Cancel an article you posted.
17805 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17807 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17809 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17810 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17811 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17812 header line with the old Message-ID.
17816 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17817 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17821 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17822 Forward the current message via mail.
17823 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17824 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17826 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17828 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17831 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17833 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17836 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17838 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17839 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17843 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17844 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17846 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17848 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17849 Re-mail the current message.
17850 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17851 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17856 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17857 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17859 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17861 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17862 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17864 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17866 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17867 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17869 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17871 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17872 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17874 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17876 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17877 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17878 Works by overstriking characters.
17879 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17880 which specify the range to operate on.
17882 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17884 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17885 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17886 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17887 which specify the range to operate on.
17889 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17893 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17894 ;;;;;; (20399 35365 4050 0))
17895 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17897 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17898 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17902 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17903 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17909 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17910 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17911 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
17912 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17914 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17915 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17916 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17920 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17921 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17922 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17923 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17924 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17925 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17926 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17928 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17930 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17931 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17932 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17933 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17934 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17936 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17937 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17939 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17941 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17942 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17943 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17944 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17945 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17947 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17948 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17950 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17954 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17955 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17956 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
17957 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17959 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17960 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17961 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17965 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17966 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17967 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17971 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17972 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17974 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17975 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17976 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17978 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17979 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17981 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17982 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17984 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17986 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17988 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17989 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17990 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17991 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17992 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17995 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17996 initial Subject field, respectively.
17998 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17999 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18002 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18003 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18005 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18007 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18008 Save draft and send message.
18010 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18011 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18012 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18015 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18016 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18017 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18019 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18020 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18021 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18022 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18023 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18024 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18026 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18027 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18029 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18030 message and scan line.
18032 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18034 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18035 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18037 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18038 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18039 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18040 delete the draft message.
18046 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (20614 54428
18048 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18050 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18052 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18054 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18056 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18057 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18063 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18064 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (20371 55972 331861 0))
18065 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18067 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18068 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18069 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18071 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18072 the MH mail system.
18074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18076 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18077 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18078 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18080 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18081 the MH mail system.
18083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18085 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18086 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18088 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18089 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18090 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18093 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18094 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18095 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18098 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18102 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18103 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18104 can be used in several ways.
18106 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18107 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18108 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18109 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18113 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18114 The range must be nonempty.
18119 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18120 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18127 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18130 All of the messages.
18132 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18133 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18135 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18136 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18137 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18139 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18145 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18146 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (20478 3673 653810 0))
18147 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18149 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18150 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18151 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18152 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18153 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18154 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18155 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18156 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18157 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18158 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18159 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18163 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18164 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18165 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18166 to its second argument TM.
18168 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18172 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18173 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (20580 10161 446444 0))
18174 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18176 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18177 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18178 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18179 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18180 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18181 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18183 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18185 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18186 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18187 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18188 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18189 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18191 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18192 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18193 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18194 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18195 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18196 is modified to remove the default indication.
18198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18202 ;;;### (autoloads (list-dynamic-libraries butterfly) "misc" "misc.el"
18203 ;;;;;; (20533 5993 500881 0))
18204 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18206 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18207 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18208 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18209 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18210 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18211 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18212 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18213 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18214 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18218 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18219 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18220 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18221 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18222 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18223 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18224 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18225 The return value is always nil.
18227 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18231 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
18232 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
18233 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (20490 33188 850375 0))
18234 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18235 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18237 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18238 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18240 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18241 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18242 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18245 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18246 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18247 end of the search space).
18249 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18250 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18251 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18252 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18253 should return the previous buffer to search.
18255 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18256 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18257 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18259 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18260 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18261 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18264 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18265 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18266 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18268 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18269 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18270 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18274 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18275 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18276 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18277 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18278 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18279 whose names match the specified regexp.
18281 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18283 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18284 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18285 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18286 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18287 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18288 whose names match the specified regexp.
18290 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18292 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18293 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18294 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18295 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18296 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18297 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18298 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18300 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18302 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18303 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18304 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18305 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18306 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18307 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18308 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18310 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18314 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18315 ;;;;;; (20566 63671 243798 0))
18316 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18318 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18319 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18325 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-default-file-encoding) "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
18326 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
18327 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18329 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18330 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18332 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18336 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18337 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
18338 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18340 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18341 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18343 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18345 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18346 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18347 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18348 the entire message.
18349 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18351 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18355 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18356 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
18357 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18359 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18360 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18361 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18362 the entire message.
18363 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18365 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18369 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18370 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (20495 51111 757560 0))
18371 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18373 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18374 Insert file contents of URL.
18375 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18377 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18379 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18380 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18382 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18386 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18387 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
18388 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18390 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18391 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18392 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18393 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18394 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18396 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18398 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18399 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18400 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18402 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18406 ;;;### (autoloads (mml-attach-file mml-to-mime) "mml" "gnus/mml.el"
18407 ;;;;;; (20567 23165 75548 0))
18408 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18410 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18411 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18415 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18416 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18417 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18418 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18419 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18421 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18422 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18423 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18424 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18425 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18426 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18428 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18432 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18433 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
18434 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18436 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18439 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18441 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18444 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18448 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18449 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18450 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
18451 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18453 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18456 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18458 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18461 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18463 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18466 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18468 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18471 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18473 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18476 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18478 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18481 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18483 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (20406 8611
18492 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18494 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18498 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (20355
18499 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
18500 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18502 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18504 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18505 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18506 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18507 followed by the first character of the construct.
18509 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18510 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18511 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18512 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18513 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18514 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18515 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18516 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18517 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18518 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18519 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18520 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18521 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18524 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18525 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18526 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18532 ;;;### (autoloads (denato-region nato-region unmorse-region morse-region)
18533 ;;;;;; "morse" "play/morse.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
18534 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18536 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18537 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18539 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18541 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18542 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18544 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18546 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18547 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18549 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18551 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18552 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18554 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18558 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18559 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
18560 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18562 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18563 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18565 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18566 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18567 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18569 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18570 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18571 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18573 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18574 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18576 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18577 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18578 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18579 hemisphere you're in.)
18581 To test this function, evaluate:
18582 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18584 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18586 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18587 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18589 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18590 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18592 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18593 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18594 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18596 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18597 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18599 To test this function, evaluate:
18600 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18602 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18606 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (20523 62082 997685 0))
18607 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18609 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18610 Main entry point for MPC.
18616 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (20545 57511 257469
18618 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18620 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18621 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18627 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (20476 31768 298871 0))
18628 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18630 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18631 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18632 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18633 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18634 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18635 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18637 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18639 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18641 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18642 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18643 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18645 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18646 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18648 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18652 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18653 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18654 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18655 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18656 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18657 ;;;;;; (20577 33959 40183 0))
18658 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18660 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18661 Display a list of all character sets.
18663 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18664 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18665 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18666 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18667 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18669 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18670 but still shows the full information.
18674 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18675 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18676 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18678 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18679 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18680 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18681 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18682 meanings of these arguments.
18684 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18686 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18687 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18689 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18691 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18692 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18694 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18696 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18697 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18699 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18701 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18702 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18704 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18705 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18707 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18708 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18709 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18710 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18711 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18712 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18713 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18714 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18715 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18716 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18717 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18718 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18719 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18720 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18721 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18722 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18726 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18727 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18731 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18732 Display a list of all coding systems.
18733 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18735 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18736 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18740 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18741 Display a list of all coding categories.
18745 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18746 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18747 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18749 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18751 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18752 Display information about FONTSET.
18753 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18755 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18757 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18758 Display a list of all fontsets.
18759 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18760 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18761 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18765 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18766 Display information about all input methods.
18770 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18771 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18773 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18774 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18775 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18776 system which uses fontsets).
18780 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18781 Show log of font listing and opening.
18782 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18783 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18785 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18789 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18790 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18791 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18792 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18793 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
18794 ;;;;;; (20577 33959 40183 0))
18795 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18797 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18798 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18800 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18801 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18803 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18804 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18806 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18808 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18809 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18810 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18811 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18812 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18813 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18814 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18816 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18817 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18818 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18819 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18820 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18821 middle of a character in STR.
18823 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18824 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18826 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18827 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18828 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18829 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18830 defaults to \"...\".
18832 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18834 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18835 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18837 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18838 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18839 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18841 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18842 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18843 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18845 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18846 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18847 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18849 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18850 longer than KEYSEQ.
18851 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18853 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18855 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18856 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18857 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18858 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18859 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18860 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18861 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18862 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18863 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18864 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18865 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18867 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18869 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18870 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18872 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18874 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18875 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18877 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18879 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18880 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18882 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18884 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18885 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18887 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18889 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18890 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18891 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18892 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18893 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18895 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18896 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18898 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18899 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18900 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18901 coding systems ordered by priority.
18903 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18905 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority "23.1")
18907 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18908 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18909 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18910 language environment LANG-ENV.
18912 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18914 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18915 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18916 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18917 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18918 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18919 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18921 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18925 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18926 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18927 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
18928 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (20355
18929 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
18930 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18932 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18933 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18937 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18938 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18942 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18943 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18947 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18948 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18952 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18953 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18957 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18958 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18960 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18962 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18964 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18965 `ping-program-options'.
18969 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18970 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18974 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18975 Run nslookup program.
18979 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18980 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18984 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18989 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18994 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18995 Finger USER on HOST.
18997 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18999 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19000 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19001 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19002 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19004 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19006 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19011 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19012 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19014 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19016 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19017 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19019 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19023 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (20495
19024 ;;;;;; 51111 757560 0))
19025 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19027 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19028 Return a user name/password pair.
19029 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19030 listed in the PORTS list.
19032 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19036 ;;;### (autoloads (open-network-stream) "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el"
19037 ;;;;;; (20369 14251 85829 0))
19038 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19040 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19041 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19042 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19043 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19044 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19047 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19049 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19050 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19051 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19052 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19053 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19054 a port number to connect to.
19056 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19059 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19061 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19062 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19063 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19064 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19065 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19066 an unencrypted connection.
19067 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19068 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19069 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19070 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19071 returned object is a killed process.
19072 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19073 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19074 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19076 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19077 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19078 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19079 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19080 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19081 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19082 or nil if none could be found.
19083 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19084 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19086 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19088 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19089 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19090 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19092 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19093 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19094 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19096 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19097 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19098 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19100 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19101 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19102 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19103 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19105 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19106 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19108 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19109 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19110 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19111 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19112 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19113 or STARTTLS connections.
19115 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19116 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19118 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19119 asynchronously, if possible.
19121 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19123 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19127 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
19128 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (20577 33959 40183 0))
19129 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19131 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19132 Check whether newsticker is running.
19133 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19134 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19138 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19139 Start the newsticker.
19140 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19141 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19142 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19143 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19145 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19149 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19150 ;;;;;; (20434 17809 692608 0))
19151 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19153 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19154 Start newsticker plainview.
19160 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19161 ;;;;;; (20434 17809 692608 0))
19162 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19164 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19165 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19171 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19172 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (20427 14766 970343
19174 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19176 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19177 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19178 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19179 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19184 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19185 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19186 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19193 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19194 ;;;;;; (20590 45996 129575 0))
19195 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19197 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19198 Start newsticker treeview.
19204 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19205 ;;;;;; (20614 54428 654267 0))
19206 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19208 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19209 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19211 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19215 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (20355
19216 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
19217 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19219 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19220 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19221 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19222 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19223 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19224 symbol in the alist.
19226 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19230 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19231 ;;;;;; (20458 56750 651721 0))
19232 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19234 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19235 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19236 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19242 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19243 ;;;;;; (20458 56750 651721 0))
19244 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19246 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19247 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19249 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19253 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19254 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
19255 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19257 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19259 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19260 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19261 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19263 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19266 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19268 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19269 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19270 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19271 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19272 to future sessions.
19274 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19276 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19277 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19278 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19279 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19282 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19286 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19287 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
19288 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19290 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19291 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19293 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19294 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19295 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19301 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19302 ;;;;;; (20523 62082 997685 0))
19303 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19305 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19306 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19307 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19308 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19310 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19314 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (20478
19315 ;;;;;; 3673 653810 0))
19316 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19318 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19319 Major mode for editing XML.
19321 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19322 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19323 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19324 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19325 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19326 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19327 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19329 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19331 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19332 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19334 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19335 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19336 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19337 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19340 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19341 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19342 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19343 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19344 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19345 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19347 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19348 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19349 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19351 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19352 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19353 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19355 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19356 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19357 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19358 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19359 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19360 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19361 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19362 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19363 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19365 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19367 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19368 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19372 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19376 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19377 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
19378 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19380 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19381 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19382 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19383 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19389 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19390 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
19391 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19393 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19394 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19395 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19397 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19399 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19400 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19402 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19403 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19404 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19406 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19408 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19412 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19413 ;;;;;; (20566 63671 243798 0))
19414 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19416 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19417 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19419 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19420 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19421 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19422 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19424 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19425 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19426 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19427 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19428 is why you need this mode!).
19430 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19431 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19432 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19434 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19439 \\{octave-mode-map}
19441 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19442 ==============================================
19444 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19445 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19446 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19448 `octave-block-offset'
19449 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19452 `octave-continuation-offset'
19453 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19456 `octave-continuation-string'
19457 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19458 Default is a backslash.
19460 `octave-send-echo-input'
19461 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19462 command to the inferior Octave process.
19464 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19465 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19466 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19468 `octave-send-echo-input'
19469 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19471 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19473 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19474 following lines to your init file:
19476 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19478 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19479 add the following lines to your init file as well:
19481 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19484 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19486 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19487 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19488 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19489 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19495 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-submit-bug-report
19496 ;;;;;; org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb org-open-link-from-string
19497 ;;;;;; org-open-at-point-global org-insert-link-global org-store-link
19498 ;;;;;; org-run-like-in-org-mode turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct
19499 ;;;;;; orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode org-clock-persistence-insinuate
19500 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgtbl org-version org-babel-do-load-languages) "org"
19501 ;;;;;; "org/org.el" (20618 55210 422086 0))
19502 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19504 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19505 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19507 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19509 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19510 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19511 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19512 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19513 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19515 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19517 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19518 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19522 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19523 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19527 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19528 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19529 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19531 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19532 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19533 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19534 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19535 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19536 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19537 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19538 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19539 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19540 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19542 The following commands are available:
19548 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19549 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19551 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19552 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19553 in special contexts.
19555 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19556 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19557 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19558 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19559 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19560 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19561 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19562 properties in the buffer.
19563 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19564 including any drawers.
19566 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19568 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19569 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19570 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19571 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19572 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19573 and zoom in further.
19574 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19575 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19577 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19578 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19579 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19580 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19581 times right after creating a new headline.
19583 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19584 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19585 is negative, go up that many levels.
19587 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19588 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19589 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19591 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19592 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19593 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19594 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19598 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19599 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19600 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19601 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19605 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19606 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19607 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19608 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19609 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19610 defined by Org-mode).
19612 M-up Move entry/item up
19613 M-down Move entry/item down
19616 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19617 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19618 M-S-left Promote subtree
19619 M-S-right Demote subtree
19620 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19622 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19623 TAB Cycle item visibility
19624 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19625 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19626 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19628 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19630 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19631 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19635 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19636 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19640 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19641 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19642 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19643 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19646 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19648 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19649 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19650 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19651 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19653 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19654 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19655 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19659 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19660 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19661 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19665 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19666 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19667 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19672 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19673 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19675 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19677 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19678 Switch between Org buffers.
19679 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19680 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19682 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19683 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19687 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19689 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19691 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19692 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19693 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19694 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19698 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19699 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19701 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19703 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19704 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19705 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19709 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19710 Reload all org lisp files.
19711 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19713 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19715 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19716 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19722 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-diary
19723 ;;;;;; org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19724 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19725 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19726 ;;;;;; org-agenda org-toggle-sticky-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el"
19727 ;;;;;; (20618 55210 422086 0))
19728 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19730 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19731 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19733 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19735 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19736 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19737 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19738 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19740 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19741 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19742 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19743 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19744 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19745 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19746 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19747 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19748 e Export views to associated files.
19749 s Search entries for keywords.
19750 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19751 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19752 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19753 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19754 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19755 > Remove a previous restriction.
19756 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19757 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19758 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19760 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19761 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19762 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19764 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19765 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19766 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19767 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19770 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19772 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19773 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19774 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19775 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19776 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19777 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19778 before running the agenda command.
19780 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19782 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19783 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19784 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19785 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19786 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19787 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19788 before running the agenda command.
19790 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19791 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19793 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19795 category The category of the item
19796 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19797 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19798 todo selected in TODO match
19799 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19800 diary imported from diary
19801 deadline a deadline on given date
19802 scheduled scheduled on given date
19803 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19804 closed entry was closed on given date
19805 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19806 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19807 block entry has date block including g. date
19808 todo The todo keyword, if any
19809 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19810 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19811 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19812 extra Sting with extra planning info
19813 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19814 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19815 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19817 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19819 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19822 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19824 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19825 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19827 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19829 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19830 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19831 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19832 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19834 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19835 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19836 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19838 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19839 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19841 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
19843 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19844 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19846 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19847 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19848 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19849 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19852 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19853 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19854 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19855 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19856 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19857 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19859 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19860 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19861 including newlines.
19863 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19864 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19865 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19866 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19867 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19868 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19869 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19871 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19872 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19873 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19874 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19876 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19877 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19878 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19879 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19880 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19881 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19882 Boolean search must match as full words.
19884 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19885 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19887 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19889 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19890 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19891 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19892 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19893 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19894 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19896 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19898 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19899 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19900 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19902 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19904 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19905 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19906 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19907 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19908 `org-stuck-projects'.
19910 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19912 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19913 Return diary information from org files.
19914 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19915 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19916 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19917 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19918 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19920 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19922 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19924 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19925 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19929 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19930 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
19931 So the example above may also be written as
19933 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19935 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19936 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19937 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19939 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19941 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19942 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19943 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19947 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19948 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19949 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19952 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19953 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19955 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19956 for filtering entries out.
19958 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19959 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19960 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19962 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19963 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19965 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19966 (category \"Work\"))
19968 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19969 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19971 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19972 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline, :scheduled
19973 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19974 details and examples.
19976 If an entry as a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19977 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19979 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19983 ;;;### (autoloads (org-beamer-mode org-beamer-sectioning) "org-beamer"
19984 ;;;;;; "org/org-beamer.el" (20618 55210 422086 0))
19985 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-beamer.el
19987 (autoload 'org-beamer-sectioning "org-beamer" "\
19988 Return the sectioning entry for the current headline.
19989 LEVEL is the reduced level of the headline.
19990 TEXT is the text of the headline, everything except the leading stars.
19991 The return value is a cons cell. The car is the headline text, usually
19992 just TEXT, but possibly modified if options have been extracted from the
19993 text. The cdr is the sectioning entry, similar to what is given
19994 in org-export-latex-classes.
19996 \(fn LEVEL TEXT)" nil nil)
19998 (autoload 'org-beamer-mode "org-beamer" "\
19999 Special support for editing Org-mode files made to export to beamer.
20001 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20005 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture
20006 ;;;;;; org-capture-string) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (20618
20007 ;;;;;; 55210 422086 0))
20008 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20010 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20013 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20015 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20017 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20018 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20019 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20020 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20021 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20022 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20024 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20025 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20026 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20029 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20031 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20032 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20035 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20036 agenda will use the date at point as the default date.
20038 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20040 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20041 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20047 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-columns org-insert-columns-dblock org-dblock-write:columnview
20048 ;;;;;; org-columns) "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (20618 55210
20050 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20052 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20053 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20054 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20056 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20058 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20059 Write the column view table.
20060 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20062 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20063 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20064 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20065 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20066 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20067 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20068 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20069 using `org-id-find'.
20070 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20071 a hline before each level <= that number.
20072 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20073 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20075 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20076 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20078 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20080 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20081 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20085 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20086 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20092 ;;;### (autoloads (org-check-version) "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el"
20093 ;;;;;; (20618 55210 422086 0))
20094 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20096 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20097 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20103 ;;;### (autoloads (org-git-version org-release) "org-version" "org/org-version.el"
20104 ;;;;;; (20618 55210 422086 0))
20105 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20107 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20108 The release version of org-mode.
20109 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20113 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20114 The Git version of org-mode.
20115 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20119 (defvar org-odt-data-dir "/usr/share/emacs/etc/org" "\
20120 The location of ODT styles.")
20124 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
20125 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
20126 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20127 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20128 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20130 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20131 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20132 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20133 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20135 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20136 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20137 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20138 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20140 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20141 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20142 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20143 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20144 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20145 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20147 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20148 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20149 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20151 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20152 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20153 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20154 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20155 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20156 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20157 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20158 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20159 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20160 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20161 The subheadings remain visible.
20162 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20164 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20165 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20166 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20168 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20169 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20173 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20174 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20175 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20176 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20177 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20179 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20182 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20186 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
20187 ;;;;;; package-refresh-contents package-install-file package-install-from-buffer
20188 ;;;;;; package-install package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
20189 ;;;;;; (20622 22438 32851 0))
20190 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20192 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20193 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20194 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20195 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20196 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20198 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20199 activate the package system at any time.")
20201 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20203 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20204 Install the package named NAME.
20205 NAME should be the name of one of the available packages in an
20206 archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for NAME.
20210 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20211 Install a package from the current buffer.
20212 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
20213 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
20214 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20216 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
20217 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
20218 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
20220 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
20222 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20223 Install a package from a file.
20224 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20228 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20229 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20230 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20231 makes them available for download.
20235 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20236 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20237 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20238 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20240 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20242 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20243 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20245 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20247 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20248 Display a list of packages.
20249 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20250 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20251 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20253 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20255 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20259 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (20542 50478
20260 ;;;;;; 439878 507000))
20261 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20263 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20264 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20265 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20266 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20267 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20268 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20270 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20272 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20273 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20274 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20275 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20276 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20278 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20279 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20280 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20282 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20286 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20287 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
20288 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20289 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20291 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20292 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20293 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20294 unknown are returned as nil.
20296 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20300 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (20478
20301 ;;;;;; 3673 653810 0))
20302 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20304 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20305 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20306 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20308 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20309 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20311 Other useful functions are:
20313 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20314 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20315 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20316 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20317 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20318 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20319 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20320 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20321 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20323 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20325 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20326 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20327 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20328 Indentation for case statements.
20329 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20330 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20332 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20333 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20334 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20335 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20336 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20337 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20338 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20339 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20340 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20341 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20343 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20344 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20346 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20347 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20353 ;;;### (autoloads (password-in-cache-p password-cache-expiry password-cache)
20354 ;;;;;; "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (20577 33959 40183 0))
20355 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20357 (defvar password-cache t "\
20358 Whether to cache passwords.")
20360 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20362 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20363 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20364 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20366 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20368 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20369 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20371 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20375 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
20376 ;;;;;; (20582 12914 894781 0))
20377 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20379 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20380 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20381 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20383 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20384 _ matches anything.
20385 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20386 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20387 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20388 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20389 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20390 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20391 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20392 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20393 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20394 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20396 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20397 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20398 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20399 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20400 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20401 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20403 PRED can take the form
20404 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20405 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20406 which is the value being matched.
20407 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20408 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20409 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20410 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20411 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20413 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20415 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20417 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20418 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20419 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20420 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20422 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20424 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20426 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20427 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20428 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20429 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20431 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20433 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20437 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (20355
20438 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
20439 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20441 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20442 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20448 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20449 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (20572 16038 402143 0))
20450 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20452 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20453 Completion for `gzip'.
20457 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20458 Completion for `bzip2'.
20462 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20463 Completion for GNU `make'.
20467 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20468 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20472 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20476 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20477 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
20478 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20480 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20481 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20485 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20486 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20490 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20491 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20497 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (20523
20498 ;;;;;; 62082 997685 0))
20499 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20501 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20502 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20508 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
20509 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
20510 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (20376 40834 914217
20512 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20514 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20515 Completion for `cd'.
20519 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20521 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20522 Completion for `rmdir'.
20526 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20527 Completion for `rm'.
20531 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20532 Completion for `xargs'.
20536 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20538 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20539 Completion for `which'.
20543 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20544 Completion for the `chown' command.
20548 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20549 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20553 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20554 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20558 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20559 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20560 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20566 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20567 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20568 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (20582
20569 ;;;;;; 12914 894781 0))
20570 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20572 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20573 Support extensible programmable completion.
20574 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20575 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20577 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20579 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20580 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20584 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20585 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20586 This will modify the current buffer.
20590 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20591 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20595 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20596 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20597 This will modify the current buffer.
20601 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20602 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20606 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20607 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20611 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20612 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20613 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20614 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20615 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20617 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20619 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20620 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20626 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20627 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20628 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" (20584 7212 455152 0))
20629 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20631 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20632 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20633 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20634 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20636 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20638 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20640 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20641 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20642 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20643 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20644 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20645 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20648 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20650 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20651 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20652 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20653 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20654 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20655 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20656 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20657 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20659 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20661 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20662 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20663 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20664 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20665 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20666 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20667 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20670 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20672 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20673 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20674 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20675 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20676 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20677 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20678 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20680 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20682 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20683 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20684 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20686 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20688 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20689 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20690 A value of nil means never do it.
20691 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20692 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20693 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20695 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20697 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20698 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20699 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (20576 42138
20705 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20707 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20708 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20712 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20713 ;;;;;; (20566 63671 243798 0))
20714 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20715 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20716 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20717 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20718 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20719 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20720 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20722 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20723 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20724 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20725 Tab indents for Perl code.
20726 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20727 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20728 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20730 Variables controlling indentation style:
20731 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20732 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20733 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20734 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20735 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20736 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20737 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20739 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20740 `perl-indent-level'
20741 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20742 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20743 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20744 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20745 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20746 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20747 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20748 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20749 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20750 `perl-brace-offset'
20751 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20752 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20753 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20754 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20755 `perl-label-offset'
20756 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20757 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20758 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20760 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20761 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20762 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20763 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20764 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20765 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20766 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20768 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20774 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20775 ;;;;;; (20551 9899 283417 0))
20776 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20778 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20779 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20780 \\<picture-mode-map>
20781 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20782 afterwards settable by these commands:
20784 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20785 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20786 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20787 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20789 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20790 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20791 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20792 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20794 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20795 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20796 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20797 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20799 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20800 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20801 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20802 with these commands:
20804 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20805 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20806 Move to column following last
20807 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20808 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20809 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20810 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20811 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20812 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20814 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20816 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20817 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20818 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20819 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20820 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20821 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20823 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20824 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20825 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20826 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20827 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20828 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20829 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20831 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20832 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20833 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20834 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20835 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20836 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20837 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20838 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20840 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20841 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20842 by supplying an argument.
20844 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20846 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20847 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20851 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20855 ;;;### (autoloads (plstore-mode plstore-open) "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el"
20856 ;;;;;; (20378 29222 722320 0))
20857 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20859 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20860 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20862 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20864 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20865 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20871 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20872 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
20873 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20875 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20876 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20877 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20879 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20883 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (20478 3673 653810
20885 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20887 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20888 Play pong and waste time.
20889 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20890 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20892 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20900 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (20458 56750
20902 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20904 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20905 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20906 Use streaming commands.
20908 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20912 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
20913 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
20914 ;;;;;; (20495 51111 757560 0))
20915 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20917 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20918 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20919 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20920 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20922 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20924 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20925 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20929 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20930 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20931 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20932 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20933 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20935 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20937 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20938 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20939 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20941 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20943 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20944 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20946 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20948 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20949 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20950 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20951 Ignores leading comment characters.
20955 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20956 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20957 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20958 Ignores leading comment characters.
20964 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20965 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20966 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20967 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20968 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20969 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20970 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20971 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20972 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20973 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20974 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20975 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20976 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20977 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20978 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20979 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20980 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20981 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20982 ;;;;;; (20566 63671 243798 0))
20983 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20985 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20986 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20988 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20990 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20992 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20994 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20995 Preview directory using ghostview.
20997 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20998 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20999 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21000 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21002 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21003 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21004 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21005 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21006 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21009 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21011 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21013 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21014 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21016 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21017 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21018 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21019 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21021 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21022 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21023 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21024 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21025 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21028 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21030 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21032 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21033 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21035 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21036 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21037 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21038 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21040 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21041 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21042 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21043 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21044 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21047 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21049 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21051 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21052 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21054 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21056 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21057 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21058 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21059 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21061 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21062 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21063 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21064 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21065 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21068 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21070 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21072 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21073 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21075 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21076 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21077 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21079 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21080 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21081 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21082 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21084 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21086 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21087 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21089 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21090 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21091 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21093 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21094 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21095 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21096 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21098 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21100 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21101 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21103 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21104 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21105 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21107 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21108 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21109 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21110 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21112 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21114 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21115 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21117 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21119 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21120 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21121 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21123 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21124 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21125 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21126 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21128 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21130 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21131 Preview region using ghostview.
21133 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21135 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21137 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21138 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21140 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21142 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21144 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21145 Print region using PostScript printer.
21147 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21149 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21151 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21152 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21154 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21156 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21158 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21159 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21161 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21163 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21165 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21166 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21168 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21170 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21172 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21173 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21175 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21177 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21179 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21180 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21182 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21184 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21186 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21187 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21188 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21189 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21191 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21194 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21195 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21197 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21199 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21201 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21202 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21203 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21204 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21208 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21209 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21210 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21211 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21215 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21216 Print directory using text printer.
21218 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21221 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21222 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21224 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21226 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21228 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21229 Print buffer using text printer.
21233 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21234 Print region using text printer.
21238 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21239 Print major mode using text printer.
21243 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21244 Preview spooled PostScript.
21246 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21247 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21248 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21250 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21251 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21252 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21254 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21256 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21257 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21259 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21260 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21261 instead of sending it to the printer.
21263 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21264 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21265 image in a file with that name.
21267 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21269 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21270 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21272 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21273 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21274 instead of sending it to the printer.
21276 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21277 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21278 image in a file with that name.
21280 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21282 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21283 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21285 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21286 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21287 instead of sending it to the printer.
21289 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21290 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21291 image in a file with that name.
21293 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21295 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21296 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21298 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21300 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21301 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21303 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21305 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21306 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21308 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21310 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21311 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21313 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21315 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21316 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21318 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21320 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21321 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21323 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21324 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21325 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21326 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21328 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21329 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21330 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21331 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21332 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21333 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21336 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21338 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21339 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21343 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21344 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21346 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21348 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21353 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21354 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21358 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21359 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21363 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21364 Toggle printing with faces.
21368 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21373 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21378 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21381 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21383 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21388 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21393 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21394 Toggle upside-down.
21398 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21399 Toggle line number.
21403 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21404 Toggle zebra stripes.
21408 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21409 Toggle printing header.
21413 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21414 Toggle printing header frame.
21418 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21423 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21424 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21428 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21433 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21434 Customization of the `printing' group.
21436 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21438 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21439 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21441 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21443 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21444 Help for the printing package.
21446 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21448 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21449 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21453 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21454 Interactively select a text printer.
21458 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21459 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21463 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21464 Show current ps-print settings.
21466 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21468 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21469 Show current printing settings.
21471 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21473 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21474 Show current lpr settings.
21476 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21478 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21479 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21481 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21482 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21483 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21484 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21487 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21489 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21490 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21491 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21493 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21494 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21495 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21496 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21497 current active printer.
21499 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21500 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21501 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21504 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21505 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21506 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21507 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21508 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21511 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21512 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21514 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21516 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21517 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21518 be done using the new current active printer.
21520 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21521 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21524 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21525 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21526 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21527 instead of sending it to the printer.
21529 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21530 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21533 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21536 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21539 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21541 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21542 Fast fire function for text printing.
21544 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21545 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21546 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21547 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21549 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21550 user for a new active text printer.
21552 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21554 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21556 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21557 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21560 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21562 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21565 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21569 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (20593 22184 581574
21571 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21573 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21574 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21575 \\<proced-mode-map>
21576 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21577 the process information.
21579 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21581 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21584 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21588 ;;;### (autoloads (profiler-find-profile-other-frame profiler-find-profile-other-window
21589 ;;;;;; profiler-find-profile profiler-start) "profiler" "profiler.el"
21590 ;;;;;; (20619 46245 806932 0))
21591 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21593 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21594 Start/restart profilers.
21595 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21596 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21597 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21601 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21602 Open profile FILENAME.
21604 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21606 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21607 Open profile FILENAME.
21609 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21611 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21612 Open profile FILENAME.
21614 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21618 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog mercury-mode prolog-mode) "prolog"
21619 ;;;;;; "progmodes/prolog.el" (20576 42138 697312 0))
21620 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21622 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21623 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21625 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21626 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21628 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21630 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21631 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21634 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21635 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21636 if that value is non-nil.
21640 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21641 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21642 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21646 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21647 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21648 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21654 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (20355
21655 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
21656 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21658 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21659 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21660 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21662 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21666 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (20576
21667 ;;;;;; 42138 697312 0))
21668 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21670 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21671 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21673 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21675 The following variables hold user options, and can
21676 be set through the `customize' command:
21678 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21680 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21681 `ps-mode-print-function'
21683 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21687 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21690 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21696 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21697 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21698 The keymap for this second window is:
21700 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21703 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21704 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21705 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21706 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21707 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21713 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21714 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21715 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21716 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21717 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21718 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (20566
21719 ;;;;;; 63671 243798 0))
21720 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21722 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21723 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21724 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21726 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21728 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21729 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21730 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21731 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21733 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21735 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21736 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21740 nil Do not print colors.
21744 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21745 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21747 Any other value is treated as t.")
21749 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21751 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21752 Customization of ps-print group.
21756 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21757 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21759 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21760 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21761 sending it to the printer.
21763 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21764 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21765 image in a file with that name.
21767 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21769 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21770 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21771 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21772 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21773 so it has a way to determine color values.
21775 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21777 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21778 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21779 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21781 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21783 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21784 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21785 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21786 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21787 so it has a way to determine color values.
21789 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21791 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21792 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21793 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21794 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21796 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21800 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21801 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21802 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21803 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21804 so it has a way to determine color values.
21806 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21810 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21811 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21812 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21814 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21816 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21818 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21819 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21820 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21821 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21822 so it has a way to determine color values.
21824 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21826 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21828 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21829 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21831 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21832 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21833 instead of sending it to the printer.
21835 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21836 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21837 image in a file with that name.
21839 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21841 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21842 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21843 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21844 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21845 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21849 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21850 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21851 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21853 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21855 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21856 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21857 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21859 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21861 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21862 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21866 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21867 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21869 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21870 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21872 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21873 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21875 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21877 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21879 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21881 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21882 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21884 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21885 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21887 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21888 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21890 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21892 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21894 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21896 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21897 foreground and background colors respectively.
21899 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21900 bold - use bold font.
21901 italic - use italic font.
21902 underline - put a line under text.
21903 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21904 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21905 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21906 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21907 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21909 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21911 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21915 ;;;### (autoloads (python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21916 ;;;;;; (20599 27513 576550 0))
21917 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21919 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21921 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
21923 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21924 Run an inferior Python process.
21925 Input and output via buffer named after
21926 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21927 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21929 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21930 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21931 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21932 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21934 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21935 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21936 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21938 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21940 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21941 Major mode for editing Python files.
21943 \\{python-mode-map}
21944 Entry to this mode calls the value of `python-mode-hook'
21945 if that value is non-nil.
21951 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21952 ;;;;;; (20557 48712 315579 0))
21953 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21955 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21956 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21957 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21960 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21961 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21963 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21964 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21965 them into characters should be done separately.
21967 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21971 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21972 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21973 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21974 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21975 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (20523 62082 997685 0))
21976 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21978 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21979 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21983 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21984 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21985 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21987 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21988 `quail-activate', which see.
21990 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21992 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21993 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21994 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21995 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21996 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21997 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21998 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22000 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22001 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22002 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22003 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22004 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22006 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22008 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22009 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22010 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22011 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22012 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22013 list of candidates.
22015 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22016 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22017 command to be called.
22019 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22020 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22021 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22022 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22024 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22025 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22026 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22027 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22028 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22031 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22032 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22033 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22034 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22036 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22037 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22038 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22039 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22041 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22042 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22043 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22044 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22045 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22046 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22048 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22049 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22050 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22051 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22052 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22053 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22055 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22056 covers Quail translation region.
22058 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22059 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22060 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22061 for it) is inserted.
22063 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22064 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22065 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22067 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22068 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22069 non-Quail commands.
22071 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22073 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22074 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22076 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22077 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22078 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22079 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22080 you type is correctly handled.
22082 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22084 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22085 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22087 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22090 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22092 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22093 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22094 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22095 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22096 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22097 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22098 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22099 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22100 for the translation.
22101 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22103 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22104 it is used to handle KEY.
22106 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22107 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22108 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22109 the following annotation types are supported.
22111 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22112 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22114 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22117 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22118 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22119 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22122 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22123 generated for the following translations.
22125 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22127 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22128 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22130 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22131 which to install MAP.
22133 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22135 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22137 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22138 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22140 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22141 which to install MAP.
22143 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22145 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22147 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22148 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22149 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22150 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22151 a function, or a cons.
22152 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22153 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22154 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22155 for the translation.
22156 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22157 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22158 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22159 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22160 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22162 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22163 it is used to handle KEY.
22165 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22166 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22167 current Quail package.
22169 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22170 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22172 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22174 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22175 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22177 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22178 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22180 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22182 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22183 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22185 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22187 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22188 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22189 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22190 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22191 of the Emacs source tree.
22193 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22194 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22196 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22197 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22200 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22204 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22205 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22206 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (20566
22207 ;;;;;; 63671 243798 0))
22208 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22210 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22211 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22212 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22213 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22215 To make use of this do something like:
22217 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22219 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22221 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22222 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22224 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22225 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22226 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22228 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22230 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22231 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22233 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22235 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22236 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22238 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22241 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22243 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22244 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22246 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22247 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22248 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22250 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22252 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22253 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22255 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22257 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22258 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22262 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22263 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22265 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22267 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22271 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22272 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22278 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22279 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (20614 54428 654267 0))
22280 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22282 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22283 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22285 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22287 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22291 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22293 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22296 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22298 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22299 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22300 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22301 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22302 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22303 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22305 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22307 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22308 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22309 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22310 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22311 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22317 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (20355
22318 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
22319 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22321 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
22322 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22325 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22329 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22330 ;;;;;; (20427 14766 970343 0))
22331 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22333 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22335 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22336 Construct a regexp interactively.
22337 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22338 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22339 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22341 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22342 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22348 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (20356 2211
22350 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22352 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22353 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22354 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22355 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22356 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22357 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22359 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22361 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22362 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22363 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22364 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22365 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22367 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22368 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22369 were operated on recently.
22371 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22375 ;;;### (autoloads (rectangle-number-lines clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle
22376 ;;;;;; string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle
22377 ;;;;;; insert-rectangle yank-rectangle copy-rectangle-as-kill kill-rectangle
22378 ;;;;;; extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle)
22379 ;;;;;; "rect" "rect.el" (20501 3499 284800 0))
22380 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22382 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22383 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22384 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22385 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22388 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22389 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22392 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22394 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22395 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22396 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22398 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22399 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22402 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22404 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22405 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22406 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22408 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22410 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22411 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22413 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22414 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22416 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22419 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22420 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22421 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22422 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22425 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22427 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22428 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22430 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22432 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22433 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22437 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22438 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22439 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22440 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22441 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22442 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22443 and point is at the lower right corner.
22445 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22447 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22448 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22450 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22451 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22453 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22454 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22455 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22457 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22459 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22461 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22462 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22463 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22464 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22465 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22467 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22468 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22470 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22472 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22473 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22474 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22476 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22478 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22480 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22482 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22483 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22485 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22486 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22487 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22489 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22491 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22492 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22493 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22495 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22496 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22497 rectangle which were empty.
22499 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22501 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22502 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22504 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22505 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22506 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22507 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22509 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22513 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (20478
22514 ;;;;;; 3673 653810 0))
22515 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22517 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22518 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22519 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22520 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22521 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22523 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22524 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22525 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22528 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22534 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22535 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (20590 45996
22537 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22539 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22540 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22544 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22545 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22547 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22548 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22550 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22551 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22552 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22555 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22556 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22557 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22559 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22560 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22561 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22563 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22564 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22566 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22567 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22569 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22570 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22573 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22575 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22577 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22578 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22579 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22585 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22586 ;;;;;; (20585 28088 480237 0))
22587 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22589 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22590 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22591 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22592 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22593 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22594 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22596 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22598 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22600 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22601 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22602 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22603 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22604 `reftex-cite-format'.
22606 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22607 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22608 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22609 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22611 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22615 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22616 ;;;;;; (20585 28088 480237 0))
22617 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22619 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22620 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22621 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22622 the current TeX document.
22624 With no argument, this command toggles
22625 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22626 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22628 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22632 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22633 ;;;;;; (20585 28088 480237 0))
22634 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22636 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22637 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22638 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22640 To insert new phrases, use
22641 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22642 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22644 To index phrases use one of:
22646 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22647 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22648 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22649 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22650 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22652 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22653 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22655 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22657 Here are all local bindings.
22659 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22665 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22666 ;;;;;; (20585 28088 480237 0))
22667 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22669 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22670 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22671 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22674 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (20593
22679 ;;;;;; 22184 581574 0))
22680 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22681 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22682 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22683 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22684 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22688 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22689 ;;;;;; (20522 38650 757441 0))
22690 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22692 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22693 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22694 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22695 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22696 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22697 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22699 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22700 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22702 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22704 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22705 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22707 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22709 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22710 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22711 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22712 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22714 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22718 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
22719 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
22720 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
22721 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22723 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22724 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22725 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22726 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22728 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22730 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22732 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22733 Call `remember' in another frame.
22735 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22737 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22738 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22739 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
22744 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22745 Extract diary entries from the region.
22751 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (20614 54428 654267
22753 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22755 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22756 Repeat most recently executed command.
22757 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22758 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22759 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22761 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22762 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22763 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22764 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22766 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22767 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22768 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22770 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22774 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22775 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
22776 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22778 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22779 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22781 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22782 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22783 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22784 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22785 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22786 and point is left after the salutation.
22788 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22789 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22790 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22791 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22792 left after that text.
22794 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22797 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22798 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22799 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22800 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22802 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22806 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22807 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
22808 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22810 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22811 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22812 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22813 visibility of comments that precede it.
22814 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22815 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22816 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22817 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22818 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22819 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22820 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22821 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22823 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22824 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22825 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22826 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22827 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22833 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22834 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
22835 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22837 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22838 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22839 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22840 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22841 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22843 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22844 reveals invisible text around point.
22846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22848 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22849 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22850 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22851 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22852 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22853 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22855 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22857 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22858 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22859 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22861 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22862 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22863 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22865 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22869 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22870 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
22871 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22873 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22874 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22878 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22879 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22881 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22885 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (20402 11562
22887 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22889 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22890 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22891 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22892 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22894 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22896 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22897 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22898 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22899 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22901 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22902 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22904 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22905 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22907 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22908 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22911 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22912 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22913 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22914 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22915 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22917 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22918 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22919 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22920 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22922 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22923 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22926 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22930 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22931 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
22932 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
22933 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
22934 ;;;;;; rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-movemail-variant-p rmail-spool-directory
22935 ;;;;;; rmail-file-name) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (20599 61088 34742
22937 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22939 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22940 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22942 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22944 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22946 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22947 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22948 Its name should end with a slash.")
22950 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22951 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22953 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22954 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22955 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22957 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22959 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22960 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22961 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22962 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22963 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22964 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22965 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22967 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22968 sent by you under different user names.
22969 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22971 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22973 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22975 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22977 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22978 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22979 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22982 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22984 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22985 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22986 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22987 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22988 which normally happens once for each message,
22989 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22990 To make a change in this variable take effect
22991 for a message that you have already viewed,
22992 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22994 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22996 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22997 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22998 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22999 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23001 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23003 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23004 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23006 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23008 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23009 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23010 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23012 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23014 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23015 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23016 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23017 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23018 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23019 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23021 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23023 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23024 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23026 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23028 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23029 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23031 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23033 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23034 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23036 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23037 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23039 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23041 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23042 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23044 This is set to nil by default.")
23046 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23047 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23048 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23049 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23050 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23051 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23052 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23054 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23055 Read and edit incoming mail.
23056 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23057 file in RMAIL Mode.
23058 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23060 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23061 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23062 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23063 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23065 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23067 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23069 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23070 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23071 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23072 Instead, these commands are available:
23074 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23075 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23076 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23077 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23078 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23079 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23080 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23081 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23082 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23083 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23084 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23085 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23086 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23087 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23088 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23089 till a deleted message is found.
23090 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23091 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23092 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23093 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23094 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23095 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23096 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23097 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23098 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23099 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23100 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23101 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23102 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23103 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23104 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23105 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23106 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23107 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23108 (label defaults to last one specified).
23109 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23110 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23111 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23112 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23113 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23114 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23115 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23116 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23117 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23121 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23122 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23124 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23126 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23127 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23129 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23133 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
23134 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (20530 3765 184907
23136 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23137 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23139 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23140 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23141 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23142 case it writes Babyl.
23144 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23145 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23146 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23147 `rmail-default-file'.
23149 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23150 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23151 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23153 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23154 the header display is currently pruned.
23156 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23157 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23158 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23159 messages after output.
23161 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23162 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23163 message (if writing a file directly).
23165 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23166 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23168 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23170 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23171 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23172 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23173 i) the header is output as currently seen
23174 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23175 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23177 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23178 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23179 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23181 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23183 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23184 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23185 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23186 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23187 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23188 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23189 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23191 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23192 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23193 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23195 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23199 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
23200 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
23201 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23203 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23204 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23207 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23211 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
23212 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
23213 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23215 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23216 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23217 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23218 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23224 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
23225 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
23226 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23228 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23229 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23231 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23232 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23233 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23234 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23235 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23236 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23237 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23238 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23239 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23240 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23242 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23243 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23244 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23245 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23246 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23247 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23248 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23249 to use for finding the schema.
23251 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23255 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (20355
23256 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
23257 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23259 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23261 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23262 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23263 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23264 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23265 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23266 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23267 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23268 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23269 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23270 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23271 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23272 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23273 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23274 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23275 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23276 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23279 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23283 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
23284 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (20523 62082 997685 0))
23285 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23287 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23288 Define a robin package.
23290 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23291 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23292 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23293 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23295 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23296 one replaces the old one.
23298 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23300 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23301 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23303 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23304 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23305 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23307 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23309 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23310 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23312 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23316 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23317 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (20355 10021 546955
23319 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23321 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23322 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23324 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23326 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23327 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23329 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23331 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23332 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23334 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23336 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23337 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23338 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23340 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23341 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23344 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23348 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23349 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23355 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
23356 ;;;;;; (20594 43050 277913 0))
23357 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23358 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23360 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23361 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23364 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23365 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23372 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23373 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23374 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23375 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23376 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23378 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23379 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23380 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23382 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23386 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
23387 ;;;;;; (20576 42138 697312 0))
23388 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23390 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23391 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
23392 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
23393 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
23394 nesting into account.
23396 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
23402 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
23404 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23408 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (20355
23409 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
23410 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23412 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23413 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23414 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23416 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23417 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23418 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23419 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23420 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23422 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23426 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (20518
23427 ;;;;;; 12580 46478 0))
23428 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23430 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23431 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23432 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23433 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23435 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23437 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23438 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23439 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23441 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23442 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23443 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23445 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23449 matches string STRING literally.
23452 matches character CHAR literally.
23454 `not-newline', `nonl'
23455 matches any character except a newline.
23458 matches any character
23463 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23464 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23465 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23467 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23468 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23469 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23470 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23472 `(not (any SET ...))'
23473 matches any character not in SET ...
23475 `line-start', `bol'
23476 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23477 in the text being matched
23480 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23482 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23483 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23484 string being matched against.
23486 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23487 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23488 string being matched against.
23491 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23492 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23495 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23496 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23499 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23501 `word-start', `bow'
23502 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23505 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23508 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23511 `(not word-boundary)'
23512 `not-word-boundary'
23513 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23517 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23520 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23522 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23523 matches 0 through 9.
23526 matches ASCII control characters.
23528 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23529 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23532 matches space and tab only.
23535 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23538 `printing', `print'
23539 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23542 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23543 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23544 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23546 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23547 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23548 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23551 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23554 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23556 `lower', `lower-case'
23557 matches anything lower-case.
23559 `upper', `upper-case'
23560 matches anything upper-case.
23562 `punctuation', `punct'
23563 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23564 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23566 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23567 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23570 matches anything that has word syntax.
23573 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23576 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23577 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23578 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23580 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23581 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23584 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23585 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23586 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23587 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23588 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23590 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23591 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23592 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23593 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23594 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23596 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23597 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23599 `(category CATEGORY)'
23600 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23601 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23603 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23604 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23605 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23606 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23610 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23611 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23612 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23613 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23614 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23615 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23616 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23617 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23618 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23619 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23620 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23621 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23622 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23623 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23632 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23636 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23638 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23643 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23644 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23646 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23647 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23648 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23649 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23650 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23652 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23653 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23654 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23655 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23657 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23658 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23659 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23662 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23663 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23664 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23665 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23666 regular expression.
23668 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23669 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23670 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23671 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23672 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23674 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23675 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23677 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23678 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23680 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23682 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23685 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23686 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23689 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23690 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23692 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23694 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23697 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23700 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23702 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23703 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23705 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23708 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23711 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23715 matches N occurrences.
23718 matches N or more occurrences.
23720 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23721 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23722 matches N to M occurrences.
23725 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23728 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23732 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23734 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23738 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (20577
23739 ;;;;;; 33959 40183 0))
23740 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23742 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23743 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23744 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23745 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23746 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23747 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23749 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23751 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23752 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23753 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23754 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23755 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23757 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23758 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23759 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23760 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23762 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23763 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23764 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23766 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23770 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23771 ;;;;;; (20427 14766 970343 0))
23772 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23774 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23775 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23776 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23778 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23779 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23780 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23781 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23782 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23783 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23784 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23785 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23788 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23789 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23790 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23791 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23792 if that value is non-nil.
23796 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23797 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23798 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23801 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23802 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23803 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23804 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23805 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23806 that variable's value is a string.
23812 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23813 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
23814 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23816 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23817 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23818 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23820 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23826 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23827 ;;;;;; (20363 61861 222722 0))
23828 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23830 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23831 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23832 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23833 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23834 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23835 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23837 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23839 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23840 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23841 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23842 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23843 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23845 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23846 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23848 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23852 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23853 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
23854 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23856 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23857 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23858 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23859 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23860 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23861 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23862 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23863 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23865 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (20478 3673 653810
23871 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23872 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23873 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23877 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
23878 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (20617 41641 89638 0))
23879 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23881 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23882 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23883 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23885 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23886 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23887 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23888 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23889 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23890 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23891 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23892 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23893 keybinding for tag names.
23894 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23895 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23896 of the symbol under point.
23897 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23898 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23899 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23900 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23901 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23903 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23905 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23907 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23908 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23909 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23910 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23911 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23912 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23914 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23916 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23917 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23918 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23919 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23920 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23922 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23923 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23924 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23925 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23928 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23930 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23934 ;;;### (autoloads (bovine-grammar-mode) "semantic/bovine/grammar"
23935 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el" (20593 22184 581574 0))
23936 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23938 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23939 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23945 ;;;### (autoloads (wisent-grammar-mode) "semantic/wisent/grammar"
23946 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el" (20593 22184 581574 0))
23947 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23949 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23950 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23956 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23957 ;;;;;; mail-mode sendmail-user-agent-compose sendmail-query-once
23958 ;;;;;; mail-default-headers mail-default-directory mail-signature-file
23959 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook
23960 ;;;;;; mail-indentation-spaces mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook
23961 ;;;;;; mail-personal-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23962 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23963 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23964 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (20614 54428 654267 0))
23965 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23967 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23968 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23970 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23972 If `parens', they look like:
23973 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23974 If `angles', they look like:
23975 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23977 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23978 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23980 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23982 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23983 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23984 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23985 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23987 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23988 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23989 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23990 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23992 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23994 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23995 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23996 This is done when the message is initialized,
23997 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23999 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24001 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24002 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24003 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24005 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24007 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24008 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24009 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24010 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24011 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24012 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24013 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24015 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24017 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24018 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24020 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24022 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24023 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24024 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24027 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24029 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24030 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24031 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24032 when you first send mail.")
24034 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24036 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24037 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24038 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24039 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24040 This file need not actually exist.")
24042 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24044 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24045 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24047 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24049 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24050 Alist of mail address aliases,
24051 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24052 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24053 can specify a different file name.)
24054 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24055 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24057 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24058 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24059 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24061 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24063 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24064 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24065 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24067 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24069 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24070 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24071 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24072 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24073 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24074 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24075 in the cited portion of the message.
24077 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24078 instead of no action.")
24080 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24082 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24083 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24084 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24085 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24086 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24088 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24090 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24091 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24092 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24093 If a string, that string is inserted.
24094 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24095 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24096 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24097 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24099 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24101 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24102 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24104 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24106 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24107 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24108 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24110 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24111 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24113 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24115 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24116 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24117 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24118 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24120 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24122 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24123 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24124 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24128 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24130 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24133 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24135 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24136 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24137 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24139 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24140 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24142 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24143 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24144 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24145 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24146 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24147 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24148 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24149 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24150 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24151 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24152 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24153 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24154 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24155 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24159 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24160 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24161 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24162 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24164 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24166 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24167 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24168 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24169 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24170 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24171 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24173 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24174 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24175 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24177 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24178 User should not set this variable manually,
24179 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24180 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24181 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24183 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24184 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24185 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24186 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24188 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24189 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24192 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24194 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24195 to move to message header fields:
24198 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24199 when the message is initialized.
24201 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24202 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24204 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24207 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24208 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24210 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24211 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24212 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24213 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24214 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24215 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24216 buffer without erasing the contents.
24218 The second through fifth arguments,
24219 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24220 the initial contents of those header fields.
24221 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24222 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24223 original message being replied to, or else an action
24224 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24225 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24226 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24227 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24228 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24229 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24231 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24233 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24234 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24236 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24238 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24239 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24241 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24245 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24246 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (20594
24247 ;;;;;; 43050 277913 0))
24248 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24250 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24252 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24254 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24256 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24257 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24258 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24259 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24260 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24261 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24263 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24264 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24266 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24267 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24268 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24270 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24273 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24275 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24276 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24277 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24278 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24280 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24282 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24283 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24284 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24285 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24286 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24287 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24289 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24291 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24292 Toggle Server mode.
24293 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24294 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24295 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24297 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24298 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24299 `server-start' for details.
24301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24303 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24304 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24305 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24307 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24308 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24310 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24314 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (20553 51627 169867 0))
24315 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24317 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24318 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24319 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24323 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24324 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24325 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24326 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24332 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24333 ;;;;;; (20580 10161 446444 0))
24334 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24336 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24337 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24339 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24342 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24343 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24344 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24346 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24349 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24351 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24352 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24357 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24358 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24359 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24360 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24361 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24362 which this is based.
24364 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24366 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24367 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24368 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24369 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24371 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24372 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24373 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24375 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24376 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24377 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24378 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24380 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24381 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24382 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24383 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24385 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24387 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24388 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
24389 To work around that, do:
24390 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24398 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24399 ;;;;;; (20624 64165 102958 0))
24400 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24401 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24403 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24404 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24405 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24406 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24407 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24408 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24410 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24411 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24412 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24413 shell-specific features.
24415 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24416 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24417 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24419 \\[sh-case] case statement
24420 \\[sh-for] for loop
24421 \\[sh-function] function definition
24422 \\[sh-if] if statement
24423 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24424 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24425 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24426 \\[sh-select] select loop
24427 \\[sh-until] until loop
24428 \\[sh-while] while loop
24430 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24431 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24432 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24433 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24434 would indent to the way it currently is.
24435 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24436 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24439 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24440 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24441 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24442 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24443 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24444 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24446 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24447 unquoted < insert a here document.
24449 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24450 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24451 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24453 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24454 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24458 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24462 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24463 ;;;;;; (20572 16038 402143 0))
24464 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24466 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24467 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24469 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24470 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24471 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24473 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24474 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24475 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24476 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24479 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24481 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24483 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24484 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24485 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24487 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24488 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24490 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24491 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24492 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24493 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24494 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24495 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24496 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24499 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24500 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24501 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24502 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24503 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24505 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24506 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24508 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24512 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24513 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (20355
24514 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
24515 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24517 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24518 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24519 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24520 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24521 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24522 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24523 sites in the cluster.
24527 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24528 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24529 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24530 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24531 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24535 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24536 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24537 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24538 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24539 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24540 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24541 `shadow-define-cluster').
24545 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24546 Set up file shadowing.
24552 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24553 ;;;;;; (20566 63671 243798 0))
24554 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24556 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24557 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24558 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24559 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24560 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24563 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24565 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24566 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24567 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24568 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24569 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24571 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24572 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24573 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24574 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24575 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24576 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24577 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24578 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24579 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24580 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24581 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24583 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24584 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24585 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24586 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24587 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24588 `default-process-coding-system'.
24590 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24591 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24592 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24593 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24595 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24597 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24601 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (20595
24602 ;;;;;; 63909 923329 0))
24603 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
24605 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24606 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24607 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24608 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24610 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24614 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-kill sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload
24615 ;;;;;; sieve-manage) "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (20487 57003 603251
24617 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24619 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24622 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24624 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24627 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24629 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24632 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24634 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24637 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24641 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24642 ;;;;;; (20487 57003 603251 0))
24643 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24645 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24646 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24647 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24648 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24649 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24651 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24657 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (20355
24658 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
24659 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24661 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24662 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24663 \\{simula-mode-map}
24664 Variables controlling indentation style:
24665 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24666 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24667 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24668 `simula-indent-level'
24669 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24670 `simula-substatement-offset'
24671 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24672 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24673 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24674 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24675 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24676 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24677 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24678 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24679 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24680 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24681 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24682 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24683 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24684 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24685 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24686 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24687 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24688 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24689 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24690 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24691 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24692 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24693 or nil if they should not be changed.
24694 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24695 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24696 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24697 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24699 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24700 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24706 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24707 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (20541 6907 775259
24709 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24711 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24712 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24714 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24715 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24716 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24717 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24719 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24721 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24723 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24725 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24726 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24727 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24728 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24729 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24731 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24732 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24734 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24736 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24737 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24739 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24740 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24741 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24742 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24744 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24745 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24746 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24747 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24749 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24750 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24751 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24753 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24754 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24756 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24757 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24759 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24760 _ interesting point, interregion here
24761 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24762 interesting point set by _
24763 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24764 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24765 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24766 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24767 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24768 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24771 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24772 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24774 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24775 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24776 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24777 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24778 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24779 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24780 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24781 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24783 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24784 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24785 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24786 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24787 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24790 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24791 then: insert previously read string once more
24792 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24793 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24794 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24796 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24797 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24799 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24801 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24802 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24804 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24805 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24806 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24807 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24808 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24811 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24812 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24813 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24819 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
24820 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (20585 28088 480237 0))
24821 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24823 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24824 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24825 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24828 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24830 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24831 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24832 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24833 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24834 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24835 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24839 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24840 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24841 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24847 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24848 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
24849 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24851 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24852 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24853 A list of images is returned.
24855 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24857 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24858 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24859 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24861 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24865 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24866 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (20551 9899 283417 0))
24867 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24869 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24874 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24875 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24881 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (20478 3673 653810
24883 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24885 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24886 Play the Snake game.
24887 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24889 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24891 Snake mode keybindings:
24893 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24894 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24895 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24896 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24897 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24898 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24899 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24905 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24906 ;;;;;; (20577 33959 40183 0))
24907 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24909 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24910 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24911 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24912 Tab indents for C code.
24913 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24914 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24916 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24921 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24922 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24923 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24924 Tab indents for C code.
24925 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24926 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24928 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24929 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24935 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (20566
24936 ;;;;;; 63671 243798 0))
24937 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24939 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24940 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24941 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24942 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24943 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24945 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24947 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24951 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (20427
24952 ;;;;;; 14766 970343 0))
24953 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24955 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24958 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24959 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24960 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24961 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24962 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24963 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24964 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24965 check after each move or undo.)
24969 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24970 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24971 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24990 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24991 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24992 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24993 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24995 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24996 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24997 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25000 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25001 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25003 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25019 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25021 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25027 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25028 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25029 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (20507 42276 222255
25031 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25032 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25034 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25035 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25037 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25038 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25039 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25040 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25043 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25044 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25045 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25048 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25049 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25051 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25052 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25053 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25054 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25057 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25058 It should move point to the end of the record.
25060 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25061 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25062 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25063 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25064 starts at the beginning of the record.
25066 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25067 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25070 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25071 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25073 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25075 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25076 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25077 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25078 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25079 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25082 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25084 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25085 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25086 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25087 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25088 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25091 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25093 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25094 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25095 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25096 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25097 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25100 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25101 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25103 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25104 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25105 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25106 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25107 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25108 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25109 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25110 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25111 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25113 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25115 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25116 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25117 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25118 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25119 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25120 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25121 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25124 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25126 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25127 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25128 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25129 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25131 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25132 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25134 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25135 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25136 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25137 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25138 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25139 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25140 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25141 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25143 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25145 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25148 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25149 starting with the letter \"f\",
25150 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25152 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25154 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25155 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25156 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25157 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25158 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25159 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25160 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25163 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25164 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25165 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25166 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25167 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25169 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25171 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25172 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25173 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25175 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25179 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (20458
25180 ;;;;;; 56750 651721 0))
25181 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25183 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25184 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25185 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25186 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25187 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25188 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25190 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25194 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25195 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25196 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
25197 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25199 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25200 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25202 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25203 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25204 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25206 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25208 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25209 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25210 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25213 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25215 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25216 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25217 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25219 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25221 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25222 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25223 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25224 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25229 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25230 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25231 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25232 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25238 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25239 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
25240 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25242 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25244 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25245 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25246 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25247 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25248 supported at a time.
25249 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25250 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25252 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25254 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25255 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25256 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25257 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25263 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (20355
25264 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
25265 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25267 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25268 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25272 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25273 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25279 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25280 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25281 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
25282 ;;;;;; sql-mode sql-help sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
25283 ;;;;;; (20566 63671 243798 0))
25284 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25286 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25287 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25289 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25290 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25291 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25292 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25293 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25294 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25295 of the current highlighting list.
25299 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25300 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25302 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25303 `_t' as data types.
25305 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25307 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
25308 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25310 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25311 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25313 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25317 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25321 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25323 You can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the
25324 interpreter for the current `sql-product'.
25326 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25327 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25328 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25329 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25331 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25332 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25333 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25334 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25336 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25337 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25338 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25342 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25343 Major mode to edit SQL.
25345 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25346 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25347 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25350 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25352 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25353 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25354 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25355 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25356 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25357 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25359 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25360 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25362 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25363 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25364 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25366 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25368 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25372 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25373 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25375 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25378 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25379 is specified in the connection settings.
25381 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25383 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25384 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25386 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25387 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25389 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25390 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25391 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25392 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25394 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25396 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25398 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25399 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25401 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25402 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25405 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25406 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25407 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25408 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25410 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25411 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25413 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25414 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25415 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25418 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25419 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25420 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25421 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25422 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25423 `default-process-coding-system'.
25425 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25427 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25429 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25430 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25432 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25433 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25436 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25437 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25438 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25439 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25441 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25442 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25444 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25445 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25446 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25449 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25450 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25451 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25452 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25453 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25454 `default-process-coding-system'.
25456 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25458 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25460 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25461 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25463 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25464 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25467 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25468 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25470 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25471 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25473 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25474 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25475 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25478 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25479 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25480 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25481 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25482 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25483 `default-process-coding-system'.
25485 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25487 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25489 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25490 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25492 SQLite is free software.
25494 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25495 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25498 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25499 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25500 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25501 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25503 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25504 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25506 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25507 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25508 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25511 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25512 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25513 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25514 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25515 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25516 `default-process-coding-system'.
25518 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25520 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25522 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25523 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25525 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25527 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25528 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25531 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25532 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25533 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25534 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25536 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25537 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25539 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25540 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25541 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25544 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25545 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25546 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25547 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25548 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25549 `default-process-coding-system'.
25551 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25553 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25555 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25556 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25558 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25559 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25562 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25563 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25566 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25567 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25569 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25570 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25571 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25574 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25575 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25576 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25577 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25578 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25579 `default-process-coding-system'.
25581 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25583 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25585 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25586 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25588 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25589 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25592 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25593 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25595 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25596 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25598 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25599 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25600 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25603 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25604 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25605 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25606 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25607 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25608 `default-process-coding-system'.
25610 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25612 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25614 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25615 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25617 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25618 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25621 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25622 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25623 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25624 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25626 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25627 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25629 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25630 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25631 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25634 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25635 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25636 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25637 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25638 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25639 `default-process-coding-system'.
25641 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25643 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25645 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25646 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25648 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25649 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25652 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25653 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25654 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25655 `sql-postgres-options'.
25657 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25658 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25660 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25661 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25662 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25665 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25666 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25667 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25668 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25669 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25670 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25671 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25672 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25674 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25675 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25677 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25679 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25681 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25682 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25684 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25685 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25688 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25689 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25692 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25693 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25695 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25696 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25697 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25700 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25701 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25702 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25703 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25704 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25705 `default-process-coding-system'.
25707 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25709 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25711 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25712 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25714 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25715 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25718 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25721 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25722 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25724 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25725 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25726 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25727 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25729 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25730 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25731 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25734 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25735 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25736 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25737 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25738 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25739 `default-process-coding-system'.
25741 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25743 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25745 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25746 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25748 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25749 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25752 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25753 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25754 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25755 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25758 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25759 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25760 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25761 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25764 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25765 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25767 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25768 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25769 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25772 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25774 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25778 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25779 ;;;;;; (20586 48936 135199 0))
25780 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25782 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25783 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25787 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25791 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
25792 ;;;;;; (20606 34222 123795 0))
25793 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25795 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25796 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25797 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25798 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25799 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25800 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25801 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25802 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25803 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25804 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25806 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25807 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25808 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25809 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25811 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25815 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25816 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25817 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25818 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25819 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (20593
25820 ;;;;;; 22184 581574 0))
25821 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25823 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25824 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25825 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25826 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25827 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25828 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25830 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25832 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25834 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25835 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25836 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25837 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25838 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25839 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25840 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25842 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25844 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25845 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25846 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25847 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25848 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25849 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25850 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25852 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25854 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25855 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25856 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25858 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25860 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25861 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25862 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25864 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25866 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25867 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25869 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25871 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25872 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25876 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25877 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25881 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25882 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25883 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25884 chronologically by command name.
25885 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25887 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25889 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25890 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25891 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25892 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25893 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25894 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25896 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25898 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25899 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25900 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25901 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25902 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25904 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25905 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25906 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25907 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25908 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25910 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25911 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25912 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25913 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25915 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25919 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25920 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25921 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25922 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25924 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25926 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25927 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25933 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25934 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
25935 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25937 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25938 Studlify-case the region.
25940 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25942 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25943 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25945 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25947 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25948 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25954 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
25955 ;;;;;; (20524 51365 2559 0))
25956 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25958 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25959 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25960 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25961 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25962 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25964 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25965 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
25966 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25967 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25969 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25970 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25971 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25973 Nomenclature Subwords
25974 ===========================================================
25975 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25976 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25977 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25979 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25980 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25983 \\{subword-mode-map}
25985 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25987 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25988 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25989 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25990 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25991 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25992 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25994 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25996 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25997 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25998 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25999 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26000 ARG is omitted or nil.
26002 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26003 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26004 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26006 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26010 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
26011 ;;;;;; (20576 42138 697312 0))
26012 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26014 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26015 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26016 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26017 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26018 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26019 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26020 original message but it does require a few things:
26022 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26024 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26027 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26028 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26031 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26033 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26035 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26036 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26037 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26043 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (20355
26044 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
26045 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26047 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26049 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26050 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26051 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26052 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26053 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26054 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26056 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26058 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26059 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26060 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26061 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26062 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26064 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26065 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26066 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26068 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26072 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (20355 10021
26074 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26076 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26077 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26078 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26079 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26080 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26082 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26084 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26085 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26086 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26087 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26088 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26089 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26090 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26092 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26096 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
26097 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
26098 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
26099 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
26100 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
26101 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
26102 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26103 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26104 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26105 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26106 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26107 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26108 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (20586 48936 135199 0))
26109 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26111 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26112 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26113 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26115 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26117 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26118 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26120 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26122 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26123 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26125 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26127 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26128 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26130 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26132 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26133 Insert an editable text table.
26134 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26135 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26136 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26137 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26138 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26139 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26144 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26146 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26151 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26152 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26153 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26154 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26157 +-----+-----+-----+
26159 +-----+-----+-----+
26161 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26163 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26164 width, which results as
26166 +--------------+-----+-----+
26168 +--------------+-----+-----+
26170 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26171 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26173 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26175 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26177 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26178 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26179 width information to `table-insert'.
26181 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26187 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26190 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26191 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26193 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26196 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26198 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26200 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26203 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26206 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26208 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26210 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26213 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26216 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26219 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26220 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26221 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26223 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26226 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26229 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26232 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26234 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26237 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26240 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26241 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26242 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26243 | | |expected results.-!- |
26244 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26247 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26249 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26253 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26255 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26256 Insert N table row(s).
26257 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26258 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26259 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26260 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26264 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26265 Insert N table column(s).
26266 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26267 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26268 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26269 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26273 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26274 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26275 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26277 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26279 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26280 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26281 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26282 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26283 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26284 all the table specific features.
26286 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26288 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26293 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26294 Recognize all tables within region.
26295 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26296 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26297 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26300 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26302 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26305 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26307 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26308 Recognize a table at point.
26309 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26310 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26311 the table specific features.
26313 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26315 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26320 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26321 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26322 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26323 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26324 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26325 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26326 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26328 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26330 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26335 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26336 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26337 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26338 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26339 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26340 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26343 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26345 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26346 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26347 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26348 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26349 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26350 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26351 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26356 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26357 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26358 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26359 table's rectangle structure.
26361 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26363 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26364 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26365 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26366 table's rectangle structure.
26370 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26371 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26372 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26373 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26374 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26376 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26378 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26379 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26380 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26382 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26383 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26384 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26385 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26386 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26387 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26388 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26390 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26391 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26392 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26393 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26394 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26395 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26396 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26398 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26399 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26400 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26401 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26402 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26403 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26404 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26405 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26407 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26409 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26410 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26411 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26412 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26414 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26416 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26417 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26418 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26420 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26422 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26423 Split current cell vertically.
26424 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26428 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26429 Split current cell horizontally.
26430 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26434 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26435 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26436 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26438 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26440 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26441 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26442 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26443 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26445 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26447 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26448 Justify cell contents.
26449 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26450 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26451 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26452 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26454 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26456 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26457 Justify cells of a row.
26458 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26459 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26461 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26463 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26464 Justify cells of a column.
26465 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26466 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26468 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26470 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26471 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26472 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26473 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26474 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26475 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26476 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26477 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26480 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26482 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26483 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26484 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26485 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26486 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26487 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26488 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26489 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26490 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26491 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26492 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26494 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26496 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26497 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26498 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26499 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26500 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26501 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26502 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26503 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26504 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26505 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26506 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26507 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26510 References used for this implementation:
26513 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26516 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26518 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26519 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26520 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26522 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26524 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26525 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26526 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26527 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26528 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26529 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26530 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26531 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26532 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26533 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26534 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26535 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26536 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26537 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26538 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26539 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26540 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26545 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26546 (table-forward-cell 15)
26547 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26548 (table-forward-cell 16)
26549 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26550 (table-forward-cell 1)
26551 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26554 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26555 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26556 (table-forward-cell 1)
26557 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26559 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26561 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26562 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26563 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26564 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26565 consists from cells of same height.
26569 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26570 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26571 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26572 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26573 column must consists from cells of same width.
26577 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26578 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26579 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26580 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26581 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26582 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26583 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26584 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26585 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26586 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26587 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26588 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26589 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26590 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26591 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26600 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26601 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26602 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26605 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26607 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26609 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26611 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26615 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26616 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26617 of each row is optional.
26622 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26623 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26624 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26625 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26626 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26628 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26629 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26631 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26632 expression and raw delimiter regular
26633 expression, it parses the specified text
26634 area and extracts cell items from
26635 non-table text and then forms a table out
26638 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26639 creates a single cell table. The text in
26640 the specified region is placed in that
26643 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26646 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26647 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26648 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26650 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26651 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26652 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26653 | area and extracts cell items from |
26654 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26657 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26658 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26659 | the specified region is placed in that |
26661 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26663 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26664 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26667 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26668 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26669 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26670 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26671 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26672 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26673 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26674 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26675 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26677 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26678 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26679 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26680 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26682 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26684 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26685 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26686 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26688 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26690 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26691 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26692 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26693 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26694 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26700 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (20355 10021
26702 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26704 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26705 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26707 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26709 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26710 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26716 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (20585 28088
26718 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26720 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26721 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26722 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26723 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26724 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26725 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26726 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26728 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26729 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26730 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26731 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26733 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26740 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26741 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (20580 10161 446444 0))
26742 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26744 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26745 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26746 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26747 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26748 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26749 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26751 Variables controlling indentation style:
26753 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26754 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26755 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26757 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26758 documentation for details):
26759 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26760 Controls action of TAB key.
26762 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26763 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26764 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26765 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26766 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26768 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26769 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26774 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26775 Run inferior Tcl process.
26776 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26777 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26781 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26782 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26783 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26785 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26789 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (20355 10021
26791 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26793 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26794 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26795 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26796 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26798 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26799 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26800 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26801 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26802 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26804 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26806 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26807 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26808 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26809 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26815 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
26816 ;;;;;; (20580 10161 446444 0))
26817 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26819 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26820 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26821 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26822 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26823 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26824 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26826 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26828 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26829 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26830 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26831 commands to use in that buffer.
26833 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26835 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26837 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26838 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26840 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26842 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26843 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26844 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26845 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26846 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26847 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26848 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26849 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26850 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26851 use in that buffer.
26852 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26854 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26858 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (20355
26859 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
26860 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26862 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
26863 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26864 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26865 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26866 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26867 program as keyboard input.
26869 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26870 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26871 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26872 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26874 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26875 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26876 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26877 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26878 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26880 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26882 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26883 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26884 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26885 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26887 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26888 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26889 subprocess started.
26891 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26895 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26896 ;;;;;; (20580 10161 446444 0))
26897 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26899 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26900 Start coverage on function under point.
26906 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (20545 57511
26908 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26910 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26911 Play the Tetris game.
26912 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26913 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26914 as to form complete rows.
26916 tetris-mode keybindings:
26917 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26918 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26919 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26920 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26921 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26922 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26923 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26924 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26925 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26931 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26932 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26933 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26934 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26935 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26936 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26937 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26938 ;;;;;; (20594 43050 277913 0))
26939 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26941 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26942 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26944 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26946 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26947 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26948 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26949 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26950 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26952 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26954 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26955 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26956 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26957 if it matches the first line of the file,
26958 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26960 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26962 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26963 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26964 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26965 if the variable is non-nil.")
26967 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26969 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26970 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26972 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26974 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26975 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26976 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26977 See the documentation of that variable.")
26979 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26981 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26982 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26983 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26984 See the documentation of that variable.")
26986 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26988 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26989 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26990 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26991 See the documentation of that variable.")
26993 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26995 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26996 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26997 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26998 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26999 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27001 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27003 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27004 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27005 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27006 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27008 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27010 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27011 User defined LaTeX block names.
27012 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27014 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27016 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27017 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27018 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27019 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27021 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27023 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27024 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27025 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27026 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27028 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27030 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27031 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27032 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27033 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27035 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27036 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27039 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27040 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27042 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27045 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27047 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27048 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27049 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27050 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27051 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27053 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27055 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27057 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27058 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27059 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27061 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27063 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27064 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27065 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27066 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27067 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27069 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27071 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27072 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27074 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27076 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27077 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27079 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27081 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27082 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27083 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27084 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27085 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27086 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27087 says which mode to use.
27091 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27093 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27095 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27097 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27098 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27099 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27100 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27101 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27103 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27104 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27105 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27106 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27107 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27108 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27109 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27111 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27112 mismatched $'s or braces.
27115 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27119 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27121 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27122 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27123 tex-dvi-print-command
27124 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27125 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27126 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27127 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27128 tex-dvi-view-command
27129 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27130 tex-show-queue-command
27131 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27132 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27134 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27135 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27136 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27140 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27141 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27142 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27143 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27144 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27146 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27147 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27148 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27149 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27150 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27151 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27152 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27154 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27155 mismatched $'s or braces.
27162 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27164 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27165 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27166 tex-dvi-print-command
27167 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27168 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27169 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27170 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27171 tex-dvi-view-command
27172 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27173 tex-show-queue-command
27174 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27175 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27177 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27178 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27179 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27183 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27184 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27185 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27186 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27187 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27189 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27190 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27191 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27192 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27193 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27194 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27195 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27197 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27198 mismatched $'s or braces.
27201 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27205 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27207 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27208 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27209 tex-dvi-print-command
27210 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27211 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27212 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27213 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27214 tex-dvi-view-command
27215 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27216 tex-show-queue-command
27217 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27218 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27220 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27221 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27222 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27223 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27227 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27232 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27233 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27239 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27240 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (20434 17809 692608 0))
27241 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27243 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27244 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27245 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27246 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27248 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27249 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27250 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27252 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27254 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27255 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27256 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27257 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27258 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27260 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27262 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27263 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27264 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27265 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27267 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27268 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27269 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27270 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27272 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27273 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27275 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27279 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27280 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (20478 3673 653810 0))
27281 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27283 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27284 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27286 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27288 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27289 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27291 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27293 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27294 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27296 It has these extra commands:
27297 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27299 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27300 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27301 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27302 modified version of TeX input format.
27304 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27305 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27306 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27307 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27309 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27310 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27311 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27312 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27313 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27314 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27315 in the Texinfo file.
27317 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27318 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27319 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27320 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27321 move forward past the closing brace.
27323 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27324 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27326 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27327 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27328 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27330 Here are the functions:
27332 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27333 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27334 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27336 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27337 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27338 texinfo-master-menu
27340 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27342 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27343 which menu descriptions are indented.
27345 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27346 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27349 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27350 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27351 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27352 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27354 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27355 be the first node in the file.
27357 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27358 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27364 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
27365 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27366 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
27367 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27369 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27370 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27371 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27372 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27374 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27376 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27377 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27379 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27381 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27382 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27386 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27389 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27393 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27394 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27395 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (20623 43301 870757 0))
27396 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27398 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27399 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27400 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27401 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27402 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27403 `line', and `page'.
27405 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27407 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27408 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27409 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27410 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27411 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27412 `line', and `page'.
27414 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27417 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27418 positions of the thing found.
27420 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27422 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27423 Return the THING at point.
27424 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27425 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27426 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27427 `line', `number', and `page'.
27429 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27430 a symbol as a valid THING.
27432 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27434 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27435 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27439 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27440 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27444 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27445 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27449 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27450 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27456 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27457 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27458 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
27459 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27461 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27462 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27466 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27467 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27468 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27469 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27471 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27473 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27474 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27478 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27479 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27483 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27485 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27486 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27492 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27493 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27494 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
27495 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
27496 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (20355
27497 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
27498 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27500 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27501 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27502 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27506 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27507 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27509 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27511 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27512 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27513 The returned string has no composition information.
27515 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27517 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27518 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27520 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27522 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27523 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27525 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27527 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27528 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27529 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27530 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27532 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27534 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27535 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27536 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27537 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27539 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27541 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27542 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27543 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27547 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27548 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27549 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27553 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27556 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27558 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27561 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27563 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27566 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27570 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27571 ;;;;;; (20373 11301 906925 0))
27572 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27574 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27575 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27576 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27577 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27579 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27581 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27583 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27584 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27585 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27586 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27588 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27594 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
27595 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27596 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (20619 46245 806932 0))
27597 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27599 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27600 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27602 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27603 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27605 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27606 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27607 This display updates automatically every minute.
27608 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27609 are displayed as well.
27610 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27614 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27615 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27616 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27617 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27618 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27619 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27621 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27623 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27624 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27625 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27626 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27627 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27629 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27630 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27631 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27632 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27633 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27637 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27638 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27639 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27640 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27644 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27645 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27646 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27647 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27649 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27651 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27652 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27658 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
27659 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
27660 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
27661 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
27662 ;;;;;; (20453 5437 764254 0))
27663 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27665 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27666 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27667 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27669 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27670 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27671 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27672 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27674 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27675 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
27676 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27678 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27679 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27681 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27683 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27684 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27686 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27688 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27689 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27691 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27693 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27694 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27695 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27697 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27699 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27701 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27702 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27703 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27705 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27707 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27708 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27710 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27712 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27713 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27714 DATE should be a date-time string.
27716 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27718 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27719 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27720 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27722 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27724 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27725 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27727 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27729 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27730 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27732 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27734 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27735 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27736 TIME should be a time value.
27737 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27739 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27741 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27742 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27743 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27745 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27747 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27748 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27749 The valid format specifiers are:
27750 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27751 %d is the number of days.
27752 %h is the number of hours.
27753 %m is the number of minutes.
27754 %s is the number of seconds.
27755 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27756 %% is a literal \"%\".
27758 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27759 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27761 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27762 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27763 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27765 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27766 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27767 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27769 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27771 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27775 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27776 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
27777 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27778 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27779 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27780 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27781 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27782 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27783 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27784 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27785 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27787 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27788 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27789 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27790 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27791 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27792 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27793 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27794 look like one of the following:
27797 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27798 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27799 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27800 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27801 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27802 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27803 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27808 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27809 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27810 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27816 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27817 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27818 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27819 ;;;;;; timeclock-mode-line-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27820 ;;;;;; (20593 22184 581574 0))
27821 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27823 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27824 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27825 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27826 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27827 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27828 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27829 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27830 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27831 display (non-nil means on).
27833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27835 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27836 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27837 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27838 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27839 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27840 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27841 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27842 this function is called within a day.
27844 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27845 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27846 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27847 discover the name of the project.
27849 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27851 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27852 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27853 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27854 begun during the last time segment.
27856 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27857 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27858 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27859 discover the reason.
27861 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27863 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27864 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27865 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27866 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27867 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27869 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27871 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27872 Change to working on a different project.
27873 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27874 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27875 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27878 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27880 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27881 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27882 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27886 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27887 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27888 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27892 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27893 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27894 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27895 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27896 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27897 \"relative to today\".
27899 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27901 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27902 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27903 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27904 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27906 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27908 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27909 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27910 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27911 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27912 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27913 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27915 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27919 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27920 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
27921 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27923 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27924 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27925 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27926 the generated Quail package is saved.
27928 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27930 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27931 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27932 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27933 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27934 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27935 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27936 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27938 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27942 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27943 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (20622 22438 32851 0))
27944 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27945 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27946 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27948 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27949 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27950 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27951 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27952 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27954 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27956 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27957 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27958 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27959 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27960 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27962 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27964 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27965 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27966 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27967 in the menu in two ways:
27968 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27969 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27970 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27972 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27973 keymap or an alist of alists.
27974 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27975 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27977 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27981 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27982 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27983 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
27984 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27986 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
27987 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27989 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
27991 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
27992 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27994 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27996 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
27997 Insert new TODO list entry.
27998 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
28003 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
28004 List top priorities for each category.
28006 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
28007 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
28009 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
28010 between each category.
28011 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
28013 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28015 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
28016 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
28017 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
28018 between each category.
28020 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
28022 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
28024 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28025 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
28029 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
28030 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
28034 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28041 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
28042 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
28043 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
28044 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28046 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28047 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28048 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28052 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28053 Add an item to the tool bar.
28054 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28055 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28056 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28057 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28059 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28060 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28061 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28062 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28064 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28065 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28067 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28069 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28070 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28071 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28072 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28073 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28074 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28076 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28077 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28078 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28079 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28081 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28083 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28084 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28085 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28086 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28087 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28088 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28089 properties to add to the binding.
28091 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28093 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28094 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28096 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28098 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28099 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28100 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28101 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28102 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28103 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28104 properties to add to the binding.
28106 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28109 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28113 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28114 ;;;;;; (20566 63671 243798 0))
28115 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28117 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28118 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28119 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28120 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28121 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28122 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28124 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28126 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28127 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
28128 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28129 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28130 if ARG is omitted or nil.
28132 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28134 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28136 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28137 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28143 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
28144 ;;;;;; (20566 63671 243798 0))
28145 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28147 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28148 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28150 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28151 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28152 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28153 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28154 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28156 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28157 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28158 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28159 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28160 you might go about doing that in your init file.
28162 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28167 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28168 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28169 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28170 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28171 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28172 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28178 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (20355 10021
28180 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28182 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28183 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28184 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28185 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28186 to a tcp server on another machine.
28188 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28192 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28193 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (20485 15269 390836 0))
28194 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28196 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
28197 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28199 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28201 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
28202 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28203 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28204 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28205 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28206 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28207 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28208 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28210 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28212 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28213 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28214 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28215 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28216 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28217 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28218 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28219 the window or buffer configuration.
28221 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28223 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28227 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28228 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28229 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
28230 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (20597 19239 817699 0))
28231 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28233 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28234 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28235 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28237 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28239 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28240 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28242 It can have the following values:
28244 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28245 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
28246 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
28248 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28250 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/|:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/|]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/|:]+\\|[^/|]+]\\):") "\
28251 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28252 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28253 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28255 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28257 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28258 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28259 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28260 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28262 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/|:]+://" "\
28263 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28264 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28266 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28267 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28268 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28269 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28270 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28271 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28272 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28273 files which are not really Tramp files.
28275 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28276 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28277 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28278 updated after changing this variable.
28280 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28282 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28283 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28284 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28285 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28287 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28289 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28290 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28291 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28292 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28294 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'" "\
28295 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
28296 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28298 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28299 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28300 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28302 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28303 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28304 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28305 updated after changing this variable.
28307 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28309 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28310 Alist of completion handler functions.
28311 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28312 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28313 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28315 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28316 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28317 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28318 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28320 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28321 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28322 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28323 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28325 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
28326 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28327 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
28329 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28331 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28332 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28333 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28335 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
28336 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
28338 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
28340 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28345 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28346 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28348 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28350 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28351 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28353 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28355 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28356 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28362 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28363 ;;;;;; (20438 24016 194668 0))
28364 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28366 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28373 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (20584
28374 ;;;;;; 7212 455152 0))
28375 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28377 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28378 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28379 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28380 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28381 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28382 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28383 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28384 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28386 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28387 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28388 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28390 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28391 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28394 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28398 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
28399 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
28400 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28402 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28405 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28409 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28410 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (20566 63671 243798 0))
28411 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28412 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28413 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28414 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28416 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28417 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28418 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28419 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28420 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28421 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28422 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28424 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28426 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28427 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28428 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28429 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28431 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28435 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28436 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28437 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28438 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28439 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28440 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28441 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28443 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28444 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28446 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28449 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28451 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28457 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28458 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28459 ;;;;;; (20582 12914 894781 0))
28460 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28462 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28463 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28464 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28465 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28466 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28467 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28469 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28471 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28472 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28473 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28475 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28476 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28477 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28478 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28479 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28480 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28481 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28483 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28484 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28486 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28487 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28488 reset the keystroke counter.
28490 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28491 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28492 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28493 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28495 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28496 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28497 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28498 `type-break-schedule' command.
28500 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28501 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28502 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28503 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28504 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28505 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28506 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28507 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28508 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28510 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28511 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28512 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28513 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28514 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28516 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28517 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28518 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28519 approximate good values for this.
28521 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28522 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28524 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28525 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28526 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28527 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28528 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28529 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28531 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28532 a typing break occur. They include:
28534 `type-break-query-mode'
28535 `type-break-query-function'
28536 `type-break-query-interval'
28538 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28540 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28541 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28542 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28545 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28547 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28548 Take a typing break.
28550 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28551 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28553 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28554 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28558 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28559 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28560 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28561 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28565 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28566 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28568 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28569 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28570 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28571 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28572 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28573 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28574 average typing speed.)
28576 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28577 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28578 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28579 the computed maximum threshold.
28581 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28582 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28583 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28584 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28585 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28587 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28591 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (20566 63671
28593 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28595 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28596 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28597 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28598 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28599 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28601 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28605 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
28606 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
28607 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
28608 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
28609 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
28610 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (20476 31768 298871 0))
28611 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28613 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28614 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28616 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28618 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28619 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28621 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28623 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28624 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28626 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28628 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28629 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28631 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28633 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28634 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28636 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28638 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28639 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28641 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28643 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28644 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28646 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28648 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28649 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28651 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28653 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28654 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28656 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28658 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28659 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28661 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28663 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28664 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28666 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28668 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28669 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28671 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28675 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28676 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
28677 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28679 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28680 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28681 Works by overstriking underscores.
28682 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28683 which specify the range to operate on.
28685 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28687 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28688 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28689 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28690 which specify the range to operate on.
28692 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28696 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28697 ;;;;;; (20369 14251 85829 0))
28698 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28700 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28701 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
28702 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28703 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28704 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28705 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28709 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28710 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28712 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28716 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (20355
28717 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
28718 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28720 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28721 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28722 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28723 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28725 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28729 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28730 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (20601 16294 451653 0))
28731 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28733 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28734 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28735 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28736 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28737 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28739 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28740 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28741 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28742 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28743 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28744 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28746 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28747 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28748 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28750 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28751 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28752 the callback is not called).
28754 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28755 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28756 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28759 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28760 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28762 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28763 URL-encoded before it's used.
28765 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28767 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28768 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28769 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28770 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28771 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28773 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28777 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28778 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
28779 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28781 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28782 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28783 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28785 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28786 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28787 `url-generic-parse-url'
28788 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28789 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28790 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28792 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28793 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28794 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28795 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28796 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28797 what type of auth to use
28798 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28799 if one cannot be found in the cache
28801 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28803 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28804 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28806 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28807 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28808 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28809 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28810 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28811 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28812 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28813 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28815 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28819 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
28820 ;;;;;; "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
28821 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28823 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28824 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28826 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28828 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28829 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28830 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28832 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28834 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28835 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28837 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28841 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (20355 10021
28843 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28845 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28848 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28852 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-request url-dav-supported-p)
28853 ;;;;;; "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (20501 3499 284800 0))
28854 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28856 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28857 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28858 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28860 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28862 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28863 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28864 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28865 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28867 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28868 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28869 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28872 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28874 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28875 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28876 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28878 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28880 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28883 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28887 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (20602
28888 ;;;;;; 37158 321420 0))
28889 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28891 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28892 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28894 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28898 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28899 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (20478 3673 653810 0))
28900 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28902 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28903 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28907 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28908 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28909 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28910 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28911 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28913 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28917 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28918 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
28919 ;;;;;; (20584 7212 455152 0))
28920 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28922 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28923 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28924 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28925 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28926 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28927 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28929 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28931 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28932 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28933 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28934 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28935 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28937 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28939 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28940 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28941 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28942 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28944 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28946 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28947 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28948 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28949 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28950 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28951 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28952 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28953 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28954 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28955 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28957 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28959 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28960 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28961 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28964 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28966 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28969 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (20601 16294 451653
28975 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28976 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28978 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28979 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28980 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28981 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28982 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28986 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (20355 10021
28988 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28990 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28993 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28997 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (20355
28998 ;;;;;; 10021 546955 0))
28999 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29001 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29002 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29003 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29004 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29005 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29007 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29011 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
29012 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
29013 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29015 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29018 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29020 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29021 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29023 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29027 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
29028 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (20478 3673 653810
29030 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29032 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29033 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29035 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29037 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29038 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29040 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29042 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29045 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29047 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29049 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29051 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29053 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29054 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29056 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29060 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
29061 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
29062 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29064 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29067 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29069 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29072 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29076 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
29077 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
29078 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
29079 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29081 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29084 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29086 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29089 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29091 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29094 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29096 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29099 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29101 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29104 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29106 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29109 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29111 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29114 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29118 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29119 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (20577 33959 40183 0))
29120 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29122 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29123 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29125 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29127 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29128 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29129 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29131 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29132 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29133 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29134 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29135 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29136 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29137 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29138 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29139 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29140 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29141 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29142 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29143 FULLNESS is non-nil iff the hierarchical sequence component of
29144 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29146 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29147 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29148 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29150 Here is an example. The URL
29152 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29158 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29159 HOST = \"example.com\"
29161 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29166 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29170 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29171 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
29172 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29174 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29175 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29181 ;;;### (autoloads (url-queue-retrieve) "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el"
29182 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
29183 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29185 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29186 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29187 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29188 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29189 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29190 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29192 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29196 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29197 ;;;;;; url-encode-url url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-build-query-string
29198 ;;;;;; url-parse-query-string url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory
29199 ;;;;;; url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces
29200 ;;;;;; url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message
29201 ;;;;;; url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args
29202 ;;;;;; url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (20584
29203 ;;;;;; 7212 455152 0))
29204 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29206 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29207 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29208 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29210 If t, all messages will be logged.
29211 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29212 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29214 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29216 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29219 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29221 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29224 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29226 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29227 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29228 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29229 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29230 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29236 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29238 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29239 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29240 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29242 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29244 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29245 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29246 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29248 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29250 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29251 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29253 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29255 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29256 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29260 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29261 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29265 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
29270 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29273 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29275 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29278 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29280 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29282 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29283 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29285 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29287 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29288 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29290 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29292 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29295 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29297 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29298 Build a query-string.
29300 Given a QUERY in the form:
29307 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29309 This will return a string
29310 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29311 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29314 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29316 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29317 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29319 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29321 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29322 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29323 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29324 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29325 forbidden in URL encoding.
29327 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29329 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29330 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29331 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29332 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29333 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29334 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29336 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29337 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29338 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29339 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29341 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29343 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29344 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29345 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29346 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29347 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29348 should return it unchanged.
29350 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29352 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29353 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29354 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29355 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29357 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29359 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29360 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29361 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29363 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29365 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29366 View the current document's URL.
29367 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29370 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29372 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29376 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29377 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (20555 6946 859539 0))
29378 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29380 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29381 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29382 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29383 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29384 to refrain from editing the file
29385 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29386 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29387 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29388 in any way you like.
29390 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29392 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29393 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29394 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29395 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29396 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29398 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29399 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29405 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
29406 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
29407 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
29408 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29410 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29413 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29415 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29418 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29420 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29423 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29425 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29428 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29432 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (20355 10021
29434 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29436 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29437 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29439 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29443 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29444 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
29445 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
29446 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29448 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29449 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29450 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29451 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29453 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29455 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29456 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29457 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29459 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29461 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29462 Uudecode region between START and END.
29463 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29465 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29469 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29470 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-pull
29471 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
29472 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
29473 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-ediff vc-version-ediff
29474 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
29475 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (20611
29476 ;;;;;; 52135 109136 0))
29477 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29479 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29480 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29483 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29485 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29486 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29487 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29489 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29491 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29492 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29495 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29497 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29498 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29499 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29500 same state. If not, signal an error.
29502 For merging-based version control systems:
29503 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29504 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29505 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29506 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29507 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29508 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29510 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29511 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29512 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29513 the file(s) for editing.
29514 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29515 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29516 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29517 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29518 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29519 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29521 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29523 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29524 Register into a version control system.
29525 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29526 Otherwise register the current file.
29527 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29528 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29530 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29531 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29532 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29533 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29534 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29535 first backend that could register the file is used.
29537 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29539 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29540 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29542 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29544 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29545 Display diffs between file revisions.
29546 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29547 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29548 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29550 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29553 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29555 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29556 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29557 repository history using ediff.
29559 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29561 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29562 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29563 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29564 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29565 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29567 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29570 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29572 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29573 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29574 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29575 fileset with the working revision.
29576 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29577 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29579 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29582 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29584 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29585 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29586 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29587 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29591 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29592 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29593 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29594 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29598 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29599 Perform a version control merge operation.
29600 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29601 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29602 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29603 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29605 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29606 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29607 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29608 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29609 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29610 changes from the current branch.
29614 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29616 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29617 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29618 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29619 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29620 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29621 checked out in that new branch.
29623 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29625 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29626 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29627 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29628 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29629 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29630 allowed and simply skipped).
29632 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29634 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29635 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29636 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29637 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29638 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29640 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29641 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29643 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29645 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29646 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29647 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29648 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29649 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29651 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29653 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29654 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29655 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
29657 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29659 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29660 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29661 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29663 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29665 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29666 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29667 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29668 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29672 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29673 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29674 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29675 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29679 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29681 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29682 Update the current fileset or branch.
29683 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29684 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29685 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29686 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29688 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29689 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29690 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29691 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29692 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29696 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29698 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29699 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29700 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29701 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29702 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29703 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29704 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29706 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29708 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29709 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29710 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29711 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29712 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29713 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29714 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29715 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29716 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29718 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29720 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29721 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29725 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29726 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29728 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29730 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29731 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29732 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29735 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29737 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29738 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29739 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29741 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29742 log entries should be gathered.
29744 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29746 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29747 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29749 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29753 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
29754 ;;;;;; (20478 3673 653810 0))
29755 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29757 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29758 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29760 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29761 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29762 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29763 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29764 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29765 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29767 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29768 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29769 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29770 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29771 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29772 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29773 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29774 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29776 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29778 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29780 Customization variables:
29782 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29783 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29784 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29785 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29787 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (20478 3673 653810
29793 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29794 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29795 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29798 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (20584 7212 455152
29804 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29806 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29807 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29809 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29810 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29811 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29812 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29815 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29819 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (20542 46798 773957
29821 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29822 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29823 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29824 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29825 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29827 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29831 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (20522 9637 465791
29833 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29835 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29836 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29837 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29838 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29839 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29841 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29842 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29843 The file lines appear later.
29845 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29846 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29848 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29850 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29852 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29856 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
29857 ;;;;;; (20489 12324 656827 0))
29858 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29860 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29861 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29862 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29863 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29864 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29865 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29866 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29867 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29868 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29869 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29870 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29871 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29872 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29873 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29874 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29876 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (20586 48936 135199
29882 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29883 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29884 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29885 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29888 (vc-git-registered file))))
29892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (20489 12324 656827 0))
29893 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29894 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29895 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29896 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29899 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (20524 51365 2559 0))
29904 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29906 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29907 Name of the monotone directory.")
29909 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29910 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29911 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29912 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29915 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29919 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
29920 ;;;;;; (20584 7212 455152 0))
29921 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29923 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29924 Where to look for RCS master files.
29925 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29927 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29929 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29933 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
29934 ;;;;;; (20584 7212 455152 0))
29935 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29937 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29938 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29939 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29941 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29943 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29945 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29946 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29947 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29948 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (20355 10021 546955
29954 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29955 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29956 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29957 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29960 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29962 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29966 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
29967 ;;;;;; (20577 33959 40183 0))
29968 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29969 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29971 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29972 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29977 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29978 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29979 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29980 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29982 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29983 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29984 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29987 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29988 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29990 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29991 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29993 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29994 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29995 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29997 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30003 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30004 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30006 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30008 Official distribution is at
30009 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30012 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30013 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30024 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30025 ;;;;;; (20593 22184 581574 0))
30026 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30028 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30029 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30030 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30031 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30032 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30034 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30036 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30037 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30039 Supports highlighting.
30041 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30042 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30044 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30046 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30047 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30048 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30049 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30050 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30051 on the left side of your screen.
30052 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30053 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30054 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30055 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30056 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30057 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30059 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30060 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30061 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30062 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30065 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30066 Indentation for case statements.
30067 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30068 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30070 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30071 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30072 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30073 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30074 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30075 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30076 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30077 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30078 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30080 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30084 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30085 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30086 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30087 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30088 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30089 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30090 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30091 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30092 comments in tight quarters.
30093 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30094 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30096 Variables controlling other actions:
30098 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30099 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30100 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30102 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30104 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30106 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30107 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30108 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30110 Some other functions are:
30112 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30113 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30114 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30115 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30116 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30118 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30119 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30120 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30121 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30123 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30124 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30125 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30126 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30127 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30128 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30129 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30130 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30131 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30132 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30133 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-class] Insert an UVM Class block.
30134 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30135 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30136 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30137 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30138 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30139 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30140 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30141 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30142 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30143 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30144 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30145 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30146 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30147 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30148 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30149 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30150 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30151 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30152 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30154 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30155 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30157 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30163 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
30164 ;;;;;; (20593 22184 581574 0))
30165 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30167 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30168 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30173 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30174 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30175 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30176 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30177 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30178 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30179 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30180 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30181 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30183 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30184 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30185 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30186 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30188 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30189 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30190 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30191 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30192 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30194 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30195 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30199 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30200 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30201 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30205 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30206 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30207 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30208 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30210 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30211 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30212 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30213 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30214 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30218 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30219 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30220 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30221 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30223 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30224 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30225 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30226 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30227 beginning with \"std\").
30229 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30230 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30231 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30236 `--' puts a single comment.
30237 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30238 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30239 with a comment in between.
30240 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30241 out following lines.
30242 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30243 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30244 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30245 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30247 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30248 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30249 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30250 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30251 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30254 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30255 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30256 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30257 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30258 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30259 multi-line comments.
30263 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30264 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30265 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30266 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30269 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30270 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30271 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30272 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30274 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30275 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30278 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30279 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30281 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30282 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30287 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30288 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30289 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30290 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30291 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30292 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30293 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30294 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30296 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30297 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30298 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30299 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30300 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30303 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30304 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30305 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30307 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30308 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30312 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30313 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30314 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30315 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30316 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30317 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30320 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30321 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30322 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30323 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30326 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30330 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30331 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30332 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30333 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30334 internal signal initializations (menu).
30336 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30337 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30338 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30340 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30341 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30342 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30343 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30344 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30345 in subsequent paste operations.)
30347 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30348 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30349 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30352 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30353 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30354 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30355 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30356 association list with formals).
30359 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30360 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30361 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30362 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30363 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30364 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30365 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30366 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30371 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30375 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30379 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30380 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30381 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30383 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30384 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30387 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30388 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30389 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30390 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30392 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30393 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30394 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30396 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30397 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30398 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30399 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30401 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30402 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30403 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30404 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30405 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30407 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30408 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30409 required by secondary units.
30412 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30413 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30414 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30415 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30416 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30417 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30418 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30419 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30420 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30421 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30422 inputs to this component -> input port created
30423 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30424 outputs from this component -> output port created
30425 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30426 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30428 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30429 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30430 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30431 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30432 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30434 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30435 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30437 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30438 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30439 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30440 component instantiation is also supported (option
30441 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30443 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30444 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30445 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30446 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30447 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30448 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30449 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30450 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30451 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30452 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30453 generating the configuration.
30455 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30456 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30457 configurations in speedbar.
30459 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30462 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30463 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30464 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30465 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30466 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30467 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30468 information. New compilers can be added.
30470 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30471 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30474 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30475 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30476 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30477 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30478 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30480 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30483 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30484 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30485 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30487 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30488 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30489 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30490 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30491 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30492 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30493 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30494 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30495 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30498 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30499 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30500 not (yet) supported.
30501 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30502 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30503 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30507 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30508 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30509 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30510 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30511 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30512 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30513 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30514 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30516 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30517 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30518 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30519 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30520 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30521 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30522 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30523 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30524 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30525 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30526 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30530 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30531 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30532 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30533 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30534 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
30535 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30536 current directory for VHDL source files.
30540 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30541 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30545 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30546 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30547 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30548 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30549 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30550 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30551 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30552 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30555 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30556 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30557 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30558 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30559 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30560 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30561 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30563 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30564 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30565 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30566 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30567 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30568 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30570 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30571 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30572 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30573 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30574 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30577 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30578 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30579 highlighted if written in lower case.
30581 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30582 highlighted using a different background color if option
30583 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30585 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30586 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30587 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30588 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30589 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30593 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30594 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30595 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30599 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30600 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30601 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30602 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30603 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30607 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30608 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30610 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30611 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30612 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30613 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30614 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30615 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30616 (used to obtain the port names).
30617 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30618 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30623 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30624 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30628 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30629 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30630 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30631 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30632 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30633 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30634 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30639 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30640 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30641 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30642 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30643 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30645 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30646 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30647 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30648 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30649 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30652 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30653 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30657 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30658 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30659 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30661 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30665 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30666 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30668 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30670 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30672 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30676 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30682 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30683 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30685 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30687 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30688 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30689 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30690 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30692 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30693 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30694 where the latest version can be found.
30700 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30701 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30702 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30703 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30706 The VHDL Mode Authors
30707 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30718 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20566 63671 243798
30720 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30722 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30723 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30724 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30725 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30727 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30728 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30729 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30730 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30731 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30733 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30734 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30736 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30738 * Limitations and unsupported features
30739 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30741 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30742 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30745 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30746 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30747 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30748 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30749 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30750 for undoing a repeated change command.
30751 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30752 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30753 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30756 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30757 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30758 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30759 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30760 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30761 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30762 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30763 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30765 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30771 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30772 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30773 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30774 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
30775 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30777 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30778 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30780 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30782 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30783 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30784 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30785 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30787 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30789 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30790 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30794 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30795 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30796 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30797 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30799 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30801 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30802 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30806 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30809 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30811 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30814 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30818 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
30819 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
30820 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
30821 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
30822 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (20577 33959 40183 0))
30823 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30825 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30826 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30827 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30829 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30831 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30832 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30833 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30834 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30836 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30838 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30839 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30841 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30843 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30844 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30845 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30846 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30847 moving around in the buffer.
30848 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30849 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30851 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30855 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30856 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30857 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30858 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30860 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30861 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30862 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30863 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30864 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30866 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30870 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30871 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30872 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30873 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30876 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30877 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30878 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30879 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30880 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30882 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30886 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30887 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30888 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30889 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30890 moving around in the buffer.
30891 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30892 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30894 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30896 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30897 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30898 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30900 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30901 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30902 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30903 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30905 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30906 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30907 own View-like bindings.
30909 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30911 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30912 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30913 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30914 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30915 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30916 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30917 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30919 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30921 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30923 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30924 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30925 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30927 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30928 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30929 own View-like bindings.
30931 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30933 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30934 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30935 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30936 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30937 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30938 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30939 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30941 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30943 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30945 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30946 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30947 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30949 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30950 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30951 own View-like bindings.
30953 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30955 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30956 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30957 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30958 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30959 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30961 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30962 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30963 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30964 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30968 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30969 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30970 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30971 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30972 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30973 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30974 to a repeat count of one.
30976 H, h, ? This message.
30977 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30978 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30979 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30980 > move to the end of buffer.
30981 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30982 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30983 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30984 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30985 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30986 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30987 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30988 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30989 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30990 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30991 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30992 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30993 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30994 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30995 Use this to view a changing file.
30996 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30997 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30998 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31000 x exchanges point and mark.
31001 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31002 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31003 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31004 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31005 ' go to position saved in character register.
31006 s do forward incremental search.
31007 r do reverse incremental search.
31008 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31009 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31010 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31011 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31012 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31013 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31014 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31015 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31016 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31017 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31018 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31019 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31020 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31021 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31022 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31023 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31024 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31026 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31027 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31028 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31029 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31030 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31031 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31032 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31033 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31034 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31036 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31040 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31041 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31042 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31043 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31044 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31045 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31046 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31047 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31048 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31050 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31052 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." "24.1")
31054 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31055 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31056 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31057 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31058 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31059 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31061 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31062 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31063 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31065 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31067 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31069 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31071 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31072 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31078 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (20513
31079 ;;;;;; 18948 537867 0))
31080 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31082 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31083 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31087 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31088 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31094 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
31095 ;;;;;; (20566 63671 243798 0))
31096 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31098 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31099 Toggle Viper on/off.
31100 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31104 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31105 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31111 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
31112 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
31113 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31115 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31116 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31117 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31118 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31119 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31120 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31121 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31122 the beginning of the warning.")
31124 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31125 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31126 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31127 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31128 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31129 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31130 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31131 also call that function before the next warning.")
31133 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31134 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31136 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31137 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31138 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31139 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31141 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31142 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31143 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31144 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31145 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31146 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31148 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31149 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31150 Default is :warning.
31152 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31153 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31154 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31155 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31156 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31157 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31159 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31160 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31161 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31163 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31165 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31166 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31168 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31170 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31171 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31172 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31173 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31175 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31176 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31177 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31178 can be whatever you like.)
31180 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31181 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31183 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31184 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31185 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31186 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31187 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31189 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31191 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31192 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31193 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31194 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31195 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31197 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31201 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
31202 ;;;;;; (20619 46245 806932 0))
31203 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31205 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31206 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31207 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31208 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31209 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31210 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31211 directories to reflect your edits.
31219 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (20566 63671
31221 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31223 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31224 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31226 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31229 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31236 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
31237 ;;;;;; (20613 49078 764749 0))
31238 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31239 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31240 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31242 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31244 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31245 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31246 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31247 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31248 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31249 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31251 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31253 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31254 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31255 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31256 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31257 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31259 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31260 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31261 in certain major modes.
31263 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31267 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
31268 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
31269 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
31270 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (20508 13724
31272 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31274 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31275 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31276 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31277 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31278 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31280 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31281 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31283 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31285 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31286 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31287 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31288 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31289 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31291 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31292 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31293 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31294 use `whitespace-mode'.
31296 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31298 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31300 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31301 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31302 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31303 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31304 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31305 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31307 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31309 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31310 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31311 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31312 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31313 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31315 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31316 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31318 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31320 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31321 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31322 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31323 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31324 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31325 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31327 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31329 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31330 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31331 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31332 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31333 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31335 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31336 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31337 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31338 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31340 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31342 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31344 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31345 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31347 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31348 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31350 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31351 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31353 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31357 f toggle face visualization
31358 t toggle TAB visualization
31359 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31360 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31361 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31362 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31363 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31364 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31365 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31366 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31367 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31368 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31369 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31370 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31371 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31372 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31373 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31375 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31376 T toggle TAB visualization
31377 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31378 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31380 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31381 ? display brief help
31383 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31384 The valid symbols are:
31386 face toggle face visualization
31387 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31388 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31389 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31390 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31391 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31392 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31393 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31394 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31395 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31396 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31397 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31398 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31399 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31400 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31401 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31402 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31404 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31405 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31406 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31408 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31410 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31414 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31415 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31417 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31418 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31420 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31421 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31423 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31427 f toggle face visualization
31428 t toggle TAB visualization
31429 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31430 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31431 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31432 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31433 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31434 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31435 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31436 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31437 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31438 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31439 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31440 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31441 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31442 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31443 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31445 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31446 T toggle TAB visualization
31447 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31448 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31450 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31451 ? display brief help
31453 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31454 The valid symbols are:
31456 face toggle face visualization
31457 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31458 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31459 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31460 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31461 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31462 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31463 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31464 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31465 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31466 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31467 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31468 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31469 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31470 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31471 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31472 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31474 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31475 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31476 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31478 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31480 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31484 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31485 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31487 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31488 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31489 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31490 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31491 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31493 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31495 The problems cleaned up are:
31497 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31498 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31499 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31500 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31502 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31503 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31504 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31505 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31507 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31508 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31509 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31510 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31512 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31513 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31514 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31515 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31516 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31517 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31518 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31519 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31521 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31522 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31523 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31525 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31526 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31527 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31528 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31529 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31530 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31531 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31532 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31534 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31539 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31540 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31542 The problems cleaned up are:
31544 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31545 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31546 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31547 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31549 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31550 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31551 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31552 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31554 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31555 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31556 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31557 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31558 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31559 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31560 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31561 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31563 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31564 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31565 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31567 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31568 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31569 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31570 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31571 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31572 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31573 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31574 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31576 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31579 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31581 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31582 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31584 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31587 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31588 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31589 `whitespace-style' to have:
31597 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31598 whitespace problems in buffer.
31600 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31602 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31603 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31604 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31605 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31606 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31607 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31608 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31610 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31611 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31612 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31613 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31614 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31615 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31616 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31618 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31619 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31620 cleaning up these problems.
31622 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31624 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31625 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31627 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31630 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31631 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31632 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31640 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31641 whitespace problems in buffer.
31643 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31645 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31646 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31647 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31648 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31649 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31650 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31651 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31653 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31654 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31655 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31656 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31657 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31658 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31659 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31661 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31662 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31663 cleaning up these problems.
31665 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31669 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
31670 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (20478 3673
31672 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31674 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31675 Browse the widget under point.
31679 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31680 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31682 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31684 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31685 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31687 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31689 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31690 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31691 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31692 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31693 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31695 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31699 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
31700 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (20373
31701 ;;;;;; 11301 906925 0))
31702 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31704 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31705 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31707 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31709 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31710 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31711 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31713 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31715 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31716 Create widget of TYPE.
31717 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31719 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31721 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31724 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31726 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31727 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31729 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31731 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31732 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31733 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31734 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31736 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31737 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31743 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
31744 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (20566
31745 ;;;;;; 63671 243798 0))
31746 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31748 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31749 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31750 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31751 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31752 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31753 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31754 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31756 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31758 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31759 Select the window above the current one.
31760 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31761 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31762 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31763 negative ARG) of the current window.
31764 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31766 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31768 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31769 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31770 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31771 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31772 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31773 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31774 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31778 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31779 Select the window below the current one.
31780 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31781 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31782 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31783 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31784 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31786 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31788 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31789 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31790 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31791 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31793 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31797 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el" (20584 7212
31799 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31801 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31802 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31803 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31804 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31805 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31806 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31808 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31810 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31811 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31812 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31813 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31814 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31815 \\{winner-mode-map}
31817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31821 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
31822 ;;;;;; woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (20623 43301 870757
31824 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31826 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31827 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31828 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31829 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31830 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31832 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31834 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31835 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31836 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31837 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31838 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31839 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31840 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31841 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31843 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31844 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31846 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31848 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31849 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31853 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31854 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31855 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31856 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31857 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31858 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31859 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31860 `woman' command for further details.
31862 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31864 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31865 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31867 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31871 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
31872 ;;;;;; (20355 10021 546955 0))
31873 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31875 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31876 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31879 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31880 are not implemented
31881 - Options for search and replace
31882 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31883 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31885 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31888 The key bindings are:
31898 C-i indent-for-tab-command
31900 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
31901 C-l ws-repeat-search
31904 C-r scroll-down-line
31911 C-y kill-complete-line
31914 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
31915 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
31916 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
31917 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
31918 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
31919 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
31920 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
31921 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
31922 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
31923 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
31924 C-k b ws-begin-block
31925 C-k c ws-copy-block
31926 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
31928 C-k h ws-show-markers
31929 C-k i ws-indent-block
31931 C-k p ws-print-block
31934 C-k s save-some-buffers
31936 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31937 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31938 C-k v ws-move-block
31939 C-k w ws-write-block
31941 C-k y ws-delete-block
31943 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31944 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31945 C-o j justify-current-line
31948 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31949 C-o r set-fill-column
31950 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31951 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31952 C-o wh split-window-right
31953 C-o wo other-window
31954 C-o wv split-window-below
31956 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31957 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31958 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31959 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31960 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31961 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31962 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31963 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31964 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31965 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31966 C-q a ws-query-replace
31967 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31968 C-q c end-of-buffer
31971 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31973 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31974 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31975 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31976 C-q w ws-last-error
31978 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31984 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (20478 3673
31986 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
31988 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
31989 Perform an interactive search.
31990 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
31991 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
31992 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
31993 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
31995 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
31998 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
32000 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
32004 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
32005 ;;;;;; (20528 48420 241677 0))
32006 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32008 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32009 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32010 Return the top node with all its children.
32011 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32013 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32014 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32015 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32017 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32019 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32020 namespace to URIs instead.
32022 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
32023 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
32025 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32027 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32029 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32031 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32032 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32033 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
32034 not contain well-formed XML.
32036 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
32037 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
32038 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32039 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
32040 element of the list.
32041 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32042 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32043 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32045 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32047 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32048 namespace to URIs instead.
32050 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
32051 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
32053 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32055 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32057 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32061 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
32062 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
32063 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32065 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32066 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32067 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32068 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32069 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32070 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32071 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32072 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32073 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32074 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32076 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32080 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (20485
32081 ;;;;;; 15269 390836 0))
32082 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32084 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32085 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32086 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32087 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32088 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32089 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32091 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32093 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32094 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32095 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32096 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32097 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32099 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32100 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32101 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32102 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32103 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32104 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32106 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32110 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
32111 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (20355 10021 546955 0))
32112 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32114 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32115 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32117 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32119 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32120 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32126 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
32127 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (20364 42504 244840 586000))
32128 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
32130 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
32131 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
32133 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
32135 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
32136 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
32138 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
32140 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
32141 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
32142 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
32144 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
32146 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
32147 Zippy goes to the analyst.
32153 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (20545 57511 257469
32155 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32157 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32158 Zone out, completely.
32164 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32165 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32166 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32167 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32168 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32169 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32170 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
32171 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
32172 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
32173 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
32174 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
32175 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
32176 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
32177 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
32178 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
32179 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
32180 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
32181 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
32182 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
32183 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
32184 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
32185 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el"
32186 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
32187 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
32188 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
32189 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
32190 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
32191 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
32192 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
32193 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
32194 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
32195 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
32196 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
32197 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/pulse.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
32198 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
32199 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
32200 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el"
32201 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
32202 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el"
32203 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el"
32204 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el"
32205 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/chart.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el"
32206 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
32207 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-el.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
32208 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
32209 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32210 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32211 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32212 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32213 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32214 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32215 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32216 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32217 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
32218 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
32219 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
32220 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
32221 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
32222 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
32223 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32224 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32225 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32226 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32227 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32228 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32229 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32230 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32231 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32232 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32233 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32234 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32235 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
32236 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
32237 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
32238 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el"
32239 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32240 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
32241 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el"
32242 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el"
32243 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
32244 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
32245 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
32246 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
32247 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
32248 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
32249 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
32250 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
32251 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
32252 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
32253 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
32254 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
32255 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
32256 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
32257 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
32258 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
32259 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
32260 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
32261 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
32262 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "foldout.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
32263 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32264 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
32265 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
32266 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el"
32267 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
32268 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el"
32269 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el"
32270 ;;;;;; "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
32271 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
32272 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el"
32273 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
32274 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el"
32275 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
32276 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el"
32277 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
32278 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
32279 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
32280 ;;;;;; "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el"
32281 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/shr-color.el"
32282 ;;;;;; "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32283 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32284 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
32285 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32286 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32287 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
32288 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
32289 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
32290 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
32291 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
32292 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
32293 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
32294 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32295 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
32296 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32297 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32298 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32299 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32300 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32301 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32302 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32303 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32304 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32305 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32306 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32307 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32308 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32309 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
32310 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/soap-client.el"
32311 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32312 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32313 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
32314 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32315 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32316 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32317 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32318 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32319 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32320 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32321 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
32322 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
32323 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
32324 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el"
32325 ;;;;;; "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32326 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el"
32327 ;;;;;; "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el"
32328 ;;;;;; "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32329 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32330 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32331 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32332 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-ascii.el"
32333 ;;;;;; "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el"
32334 ;;;;;; "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el"
32335 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docbook.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32336 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32337 ;;;;;; "org/org-exp-blocks.el" "org/org-exp.el" "org/org-faces.el"
32338 ;;;;;; "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-freemind.el"
32339 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-html.el" "org/org-icalendar.el"
32340 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32341 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
32342 ;;;;;; "org/org-latex.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-loaddefs.el"
32343 ;;;;;; "org/org-lparse.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
32344 ;;;;;; "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mobile.el"
32345 ;;;;;; "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-odt.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32346 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-publish.el"
32347 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" "org/org-rmail.el" "org/org-special-blocks.el"
32348 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-taskjuggler.el"
32349 ;;;;;; "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-vm.el" "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el"
32350 ;;;;;; "org/org-xoxo.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el"
32351 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el"
32352 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
32353 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el"
32354 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el"
32355 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el"
32356 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32357 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32358 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32359 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
32360 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32361 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32362 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32363 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32364 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32365 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32366 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
32367 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
32368 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32369 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32370 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32371 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32372 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
32373 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (20626 19627 425848
32378 (provide 'loaddefs)
32379 ;; Local Variables:
32380 ;; version-control: never
32381 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32382 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32385 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here